Lannett Company
Annual Report 2019

Plain-text annual report

2OCT200908064695Annual ReportFiscal Year 2019 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) (cid:31)(cid:31)(cid:31)(cid:31) ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 OR (cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:30)(cid:30) TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission File No. 001-31298 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) State of Delaware 23-0787699 State of Incorporation I.R.S. Employer I.D. No. 9000 State Road Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19136 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 333-9000 (Address of principal executive offices and telephone number) Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Common Stock, $0.001 par value LCI New York Stock Exchange Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:30) No (cid:31) Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes (cid:30) No (cid:31) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:31) No (cid:30) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes (cid:31) No (cid:30) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer (cid:30) Accelerated filer (cid:31) Non-accelerated filer (cid:30) Smaller reporting company (cid:30) Emerging growth company (cid:30) If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. (cid:30) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12B-12 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:30) No (cid:31) Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of December 31, 2018 was $155,045,696 based on the closing price of the stock on the NYSE. As of July 31, 2019, there were 40,405,663 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value, outstanding. 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART I ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS .................................................................................................................. 4 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ....................................................................................................................................... 17 ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY ................................................................................................................. 31 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................................................................................................................. 31 ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ................................................................................................................ 31PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS .......................... 32 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ............................................................................................................... 33 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS .................................................................................................................................... 34 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ......................... 50 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ............................................................ 50 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ...................................................................................................................................... 50 ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 50 ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION ......................................................................................................................... 50PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE .................................. 51 ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ............................................................................................................. 55 ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ................................................................................................................. 81 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ....................................................................................................................................................... 84 ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 85PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE ............................................................................ 85SIGNATURES ................................................................................................................................................................................ 91 3 CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Any statements made in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact or that refer to estimated or anticipated future events are forward-looking statements. We have based our forward-looking statements on management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to them at this time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “estimate,” “continue,” or “pursue,” or the negative other variations thereof or comparable terminology, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements reflect our current perspective of our business, future performance, existing trends and information as of the date of this filing. These include, but are not limited to the impact of the nonrenewal of the exclusive distribution agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals on our future business and prospects, our beliefs about future revenue and expense levels, growth rates, prospects related to our strategic initiatives and business strategies, express or implied assumptions about government regulatory action or inaction, anticipated product approvals and launches, business initiatives and product development activities, assessments related to clinical trial results, product performance and competitive environment, anticipated financial performance and integration of acquisitions. The statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. We caution the reader that certain important factors may affect our actual operating results and could cause such results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. We believe the risks and uncertainties discussed under the “Item 1A - Risk Factors” and other risks and uncertainties detailed herein and from time to time in our SEC filings may affect our actual results. We disclaim any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. We also may make additional disclosures in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and in other filings that we may make from time to time with the SEC. Other factors besides those listed here could also adversely affect us. 4 PART I ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS Business Overview Lannett Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company,” “Lannett,” “we,” or “us”) was incorporated in 1942 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and reincorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation. We primarily develop, manufacture, market and distribute generic versions of brand pharmaceutical products. We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the applicable fiscal year ended June 30. The Company has experienced total net sales growth at a compounded annual growth rate in excess of 24% over the past 18 years. In that time period, total net sales increased from $12.1 million in fiscal year 2001 to $655.4 million in fiscal year 2019. This growth has been achieved through filing and receiving approvals for abbreviated new drug applications (“ANDAs”), strategic partnerships and launches of additional manufactured drugs, opportunities resulting from our strong historical record of regulatory compliance, as well as the acquisitions of Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Silarx”) and Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“KUPI”). Most products that we currently manufacture and/or distribute are prescription products. Our top five products in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017 accounted for 52%, 58% and 53% of total net sales, respectively. On March 23, 2019, the Company’s distribution agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals (the “JSP Distribution Agreement”) expired and was not renewed. Accordingly, future top product concentration rates will likely decline. Net sales of JSP products, primarily Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP, which was one of our top five products, totaled $202.5 million, $253.1 million and $187.0 million in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, or 31%, 37% and 30% of total net sales, respectively. Competitive Strengths Management. We have been focused on maintaining and augmenting the quality of our management team in anticipation of continuing growth. As part of our growth, we have established corporate and non-corporate officer positions. We have hired experienced personnel from large, established, brand pharmaceutical companies as well as competing generic companies to complement the skills and knowledge of the existing management team. As we continue to grow, additional personnel may need to be added to our management team. We intend to hire the best people available to expand the knowledge base and expertise within our team. Market Orientation. We believe that our success depends on our ability to properly assess the competitive market for new products, including customer interest, the number of competitors, market share opportunity and the generic unit price erosion. We intend to reduce our exposure to competitive influences that may negatively affect our sales and profits, including the potential saturation of the market for certain products, by continuing to emphasize a strong product selection process with an orientation to internal development in which we have technological and manufacturing expertise and external development partnerships to access other technologies and associated manufacturing capacity as well as risk-sharing. Dependable U.S. Based Supplier to our Customers. We believe we are viewed by our customers as a strong, dependable supplier due in part to our agile and reliable operations network, as well as having a less complex manufacturing/supply chain based mostly within the U.S. We have cultivated productive customer relationships by focusing on what is important to them and their patients, along with maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders. A majority of our orders are filled and shipped on or the day after we receive the order. Reputation for Regulatory Compliance. We have a strong track record of regulatory compliance. We believe that we have effective regulatory compliance capabilities and practices due to: (1) the hiring of qualified individuals, (2) the implementation of broad Standard Operating Procedures (“SOP”) and (3) current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”). Our agility in responding quickly to market events and a reputation for regulatory compliance positions us to avail ourselves of market opportunities as they materialize. We continue to pursue “Quality by Design” for improving and maintaining product quality in our pharmaceutical development and manufacturing facilities, which is outlined in the FDA report entitled, “Pharmaceutical Quality for the 21st Century: A Risk-Based Approach.” The FDA periodically inspects our production facilities to determine our compliance with the FDA’s manufacturing standards. Typically, after completing its inspection, the FDA will issue a report, entitled a “Form 483,” containing observations arising from an inspection. The FDA’s observations may be minor or severe in nature and the degree of severity is generally determined by potential consequences to the consumer. By strictly complying with cGMPs and the various FDA guidelines as well as adherence to our Standard Operating Procedures, we have never received a cGMP Warning Letter in more than 70 years of business. 5 Leverage our Flexibility and Speed. We believe flexibility and speed in decision-making are critical success factors in the generic industry. Our mid-sized scale and relatively less complex organizational structure as a U.S. based organization results in a nimbler response to securing market opportunities. Extensive Experience with Productive Partnerships. We continue to grow, diversify and strengthen our business by entering into partnerships to distribute both externally developed products and authorized generic equivalents of brand products. In fiscal year 2019, we successfully launched 18 new products, many of which are sourced from external parties, including Vardenafil IR (Levitra®), Amphetamine IR (Adderall®) and an AB-rated version of Methylphenidate ER (Concerta®). We believe that our success with these products, along with existing alliances, has established us as a strong development and marketing partner creating the foundation for continued productive partnership alliances in the future. Ability to Develop Successful Products. We believe that our abilities to select viable products for internal development, efficiently develop such products, including obtaining any applicable regulatory approvals and achieve economies of scale in production, are critical to our success in the generic pharmaceutical industry. We intend to focus on long-term profitability driven in part by securing market positions where fewer competitors are expected. Strong Track Record of Obtaining Regulatory Approvals for New Products. During the past three fiscal years, we have received 18 ANDA approvals from the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). Although the timing of ANDA approvals by the FDA is uncertain, we currently expect to continue to receive more during Fiscal 2020. These regulatory approvals will enable us to manufacture and supply a broader portfolio of generic pharmaceutical products. Efficient Development Systems and Manufacturing Expertise for New Products. We believe that our U.S.-based manufacturing expertise, low overhead expenses and skilled product development capabilities will help us remain competitive in the generic pharmaceutical market. We intend to dedicate significant resources toward developing new products because we believe our success is linked to our ability to continually introduce new generic products into the marketplace. Business Strategies Focus on the large US Generic Market We believe oral generics are the foundation of efficient pharmaceutical care and are estimated to be approximately 90% of all US pharmaceutical volume with an IQVIA value of approximately $56 billion for the 12-month period ending June 30, 2019. While that estimate likely well exceeds actual market size, Lannett’s opportunity is significant relative to Lannett’s size. We are focused on increasing our market share in the generic pharmaceutical industry while directing additional resources on the development of new products. We continue to improve our financial performance by expanding our line of generic products, increasing unit sales to current customers, creating manufacturing efficiencies and managing our overhead and administrative costs. Focus on In-Line Execution We have a broad portfolio of existing generics and we continually look to optimize the share and value of our existing portfolio. We look to capitalize on competitor supply disruptions which occur frequently in the industry of both a shorter and longer duration. We seek to reduce the cost of our products through various life cycle management approaches including increasing the efficiency of our plant, and our product manufacturing yields, and lowering incipient and API costs from third-party suppliers. Strategic Expansion of our Product Offering We have three primary strategies for expanding our product offerings: (1) deploying our experienced Research and Development (“R&D”) staff to develop products in-house; (2) entering into product development agreements or strategic alliances with third-party product developers and formulators; and (3) purchasing ANDAs or New Drug Applications (“NDA”) from other manufacturers. We expect that each strategy will facilitate our identification, selection and development of additional pharmaceutical products that we may sell to our existing network of customers. Between January 2018 and June 2019, the number of alliances that our business development efforts have secured increased significantly and we have acquired or in-licensed over 40 ANDA products as a result of these efforts. Opportunistically, we may increase our focus on specialty markets within the pharmaceutical industry. As a result, in Fiscal 2018, the Company filed its first NDA for Numbrino (cocaine hydrochloride solution); the product application continues to progress at the FDA. The Company plans to begin marketing the product shortly after receiving approval, which is expected around the end of calendar year 2019. In August 2019, the Company ceased distributing our unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product in compliance with an FDA request. 6 Similarly, in 2016, the Company announced a strategic partnership with YiChang HEC ChangJiang Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd, an HEC Group company, to co-develop a biosimilar insulin glargine pharmaceutical product for the U.S. market. The product is currently in development, and a healthy human Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic modeling (“PK/PD”) clinical trial is underway in South Africa. It is the first clinical study to directly compare the Lannett/HEC insulin glargine to U.S. Lantus® as part of the effort to file a biosimilar Biologics License Application (“BLA”) with the U.S. FDA. Study results are expected in September 2019. The Company plans to manage the clinical and regulatory steps specific for an FDA approval to market and will have the exclusive U.S. marketing rights to the product. In addition, we will market other generic products developed by HEC with several launches expected over the next few years. In July 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Cediprof, Inc. (“Cediprof”) to distribute Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP beginning not later than August 1, 2022. Levothyroxine is one of the largest generics sold in the USA. The product has several technical attributes that make receiving an FDA approval and continuous manufacturing challenging. The Cediprof product is already approved and has been sold in the U.S. by its current partner for the past several years. We have several other existing supply and development agreements with both international and domestic companies; in addition, we are currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other companies through which we can market and distribute future products. We intend to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build our market share for such products. Due to the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement in March 2019, management reassessed its overall business strategies to offset the impact of the loss on a short- and long-term basis. These plans currently include, among other things, an emphasis on reducing cost of sales, R&D and selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses; continuing to accelerate new product launches; increasing the level of strategic partnerships; and reducing capital expenditures. Management will also continue its emphasis on accelerating ANDA filings. In addition, management plans to attempt, at the appropriate time, to refinance all or a significant portion of its outstanding long-term debt to reduce principal repayment requirements and establish more flexibility around financial covenants. These actions may increase related interest expense, but are expected to positively impact cash flows. A Change from a Vertically Integrated Manufacturer, Supplier and Distributor of Controlled Substance Products. We are in the process of closing the Cody Labs subsidiary, our controlled substance products API business. We have signed an agreement to sell the Cody Labs’ equipment and we currently intend to retain, until our pending cocaine hydrochloride solution Section 505(b)(2) NDA application is approved, the main facility and a small portion of workforce as well the intellectual property related to the business. We have begun the transfer of certain products to our Carmel facility. Mergers and Acquisitions. We evaluate potential mergers and acquisitions opportunities that are a strategic fit and accretive to our business. During Fiscal 2016, we completed the acquisition of KUPI, the former subsidiary of global biopharmaceuticals company UCB S.A. KUPI is a U.S. specialty pharmaceuticals manufacturer focused on the development of products that are difficult to formulate or utilize specialized delivery technologies. Strategic benefits of the acquisition include expanded manufacturing capacity, a diversified product portfolio and pipeline and complementary R&D expertise. Key Products Key products were selected based on current and future sales and profitability. In aggregate, excluding Levothyroxine, the 11 products noted below accounts for approximately 37% of Lannett sales in Fiscal 2019. Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets Levothyroxine Sodium tablets, which are used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency by patients of various ages and demographic backgrounds, are one of the most prescribed drugs in the United States. The product is manufactured by JSP and was distributed under the JSP Distribution Agreement and was produced and marketed in 12 potencies. Net sales of Levothyroxine Sodium tablets totaled $197.5 million in fiscal year 2019. In our distribution of these products, we primarily competed with two brand Levothyroxine Sodium products, AbbVie’s Synthroid® and Pfizer’s Levoxyl®, as well as generic products from Mylan and Sandoz, each of which have multiple AB ratings. On November 12, 2018, the Company announced a transition services agreement with Amneal Pharmaceuticals (“Amneal”) to transition distribution of Levothyroxine to trade customers to Amneal as of December 2019 ahead of the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement which expired on March 23, 2019. In July 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Cediprof, Inc. (“Cediprof”) for the exclusive right, commencing no later than August 1, 2022, to market and supply Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP. See Note 22. “Subsequent Events” 7 Fluphenazine Tablets Fluphenazine tablets are used for the management of manifestations of psychotic disorders. Net sales of Fluphenazine tablets represented approximately 10% of total net sales in fiscal year 2019. Verapamil SR Tablets Verapamil SR tablets are a calcium channel blocker used in the treatment of high blood pressure, arrhythmia and angina. We market the authorized generic of Verelan PM. Ursodiol Capsules Ursodiol Capsules are produced and marketed in 300 mg capsules and are used for the treatment and prevention of gallstones. The product is a generic version of the branded drug Atigall®. This product has seen increased competition over the last year. Methylphenidate CD Capsules Methylphenidate CD is a central nervous system (“CNS”) stimulant indicated for the treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (“ADHD”). This product is the authorized generic version of the brand Metadate CD®. Omeprazole Capsules Omeprazole is a proton pump inhibitor. The product is a generic version of the branded drug Prilosec®. It is indicated for the treatment of certain diseases of the esophagus and stomach ulcers as well as pathologic hypersecretory conditions. KUPI produces Omeprazole DR capsules in 10mg, 20mg and 40mg dosages. Pantoprazole Sodium DR Tablets Pantoprazole is a proton pump inhibitor. The product is a generic version of the branded drug Nexium®. It is indicated for the treatment of certain diseases of the esophagus and pathological hypersecretory conditions. KUPI produces Pantoprazole tablets in 20mg and 40mg dosages. Sumatriptan Nasal Spray Sumatriptan Nasal Spray is indicated for the acute treatment of migraine attacks. This product is a generic version of Imitrex® Nasal Spray. The Company distributes the 5mg and 20mg dosages. Dicyclomine Tablets and Capsules Dicyclomine tablets and capsules are both indicated for the treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. They are the generic versions of Bentyl®, tablets and capsules. Metolazone Tablets Metolazone is a diuretic medication. It is indicated for the treatment of hypertension, alone or in combination with other anti-hypertensives. We market the authorized generic version of Zaroxolyn®. We launched this product in the last month of fiscal year 2018. Methylphenidate Hydrochloride ER Methylphenidate ER is a CNS stimulant indicated for the treatment of ADHD in children six years of age and older, adolescents and adults up to the age of 65. The product is a generic version of the branded drug Concerta®. The Company markets one form of the product which was designated “BX.” Per a teleconference on November 2014, the FDA informed KUPI that it was changing the therapeutic equivalence rating of its product from “AB” (therapeutically equivalent) to “BX.” A BX-rated drug is a product for which data are insufficient to determine therapeutic equivalence; it is still approved and can be prescribed, but the FDA does not recommend it as automatically substitutable for the brand-name drug at the pharmacy. 8 The Company has been working with the FDA to regain the “AB” rating, and in the meantime, maintain the drug on the U.S. market with a BX rating. However, there can be no assurance as to when or if the Company will regain the “AB” rating or be permitted to remain on the market. If the Company were to receive the “AB” rating, net sales of the product could increase subject to market factors existing at that time. The Company also agreed to potential acquisition-related contingent payments to UCB related to Methylphenidate ER if the FDA reinstates the AB-rating and certain sales thresholds are met. Such potential contingent payments are set to expire after December 31, 2020. In August 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive perpetual licensing agreement with Andor Pharmaceuticals, LLC for Methylphenidate Hydrochloride Extended Release (ER) tablets USP (CII) in 18 mg, 27 mg, 36 mg and 54 mg strengths. Andor’s ANDA of Methylphenidate was approved by the FDA on April 24, 2019 as an AB-rated generic equivalent to the brand Concerta®. Lannett commenced marketing of this product on May 29, 2019. Under the licensing agreement, Lannett is providing sales, marketing and distribution support of Andor’s Methylphenidate ER product, for which it will receive a percentage of the net profits. Cocaine Hydrochloride Solution Cocaine hydrochloride solution was produced and marketed under a preliminary new drug application (“PIND”) in two different strengths and two different size containers. Cocaine hydrochloride solution is utilized primarily for the anesthetization of the patient during ear, nose or throat surgery, sinuplasty and in emergency rooms. In December 2017, a competitor received approval from the FDA to market and sell a cocaine hydrochloride solution product. This approval affects the Company’s right to market and sell its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride colution product. According to FDA guidance, the FDA allowed the Company to continue marketing its unapproved product for a period of time following approval of the competitor’s product. Upon the recent request of the FDA to cease manufacturing and distributing our unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product as a result of an approved product on the market, the Company committed to not manufacture or distribute cocaine hydrochloride 10% solution, which has not been sold during Fiscal 2019, as of April 15, 2019. The Company has also agreed to cease manufacturing its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride 4% solution on June 15, 2019 and cease distributing the product on August 15, 2019. The Company does not believe the discontinuation will have a material impact on our future expected results of operations as we had anticipated the withdrawal of this product. Meanwhile, the FDA continues to review the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) NDA application, and in July 2018 issued a Complete Response Letter which required an additional study and other information. The additional study was completed and we have provided a full response to the FDA. The Company is awaiting FDA approval of the NDA application but cannot say for certain when or if the application will be approved. The competitor filed a Citizen Petition with the FDA in February 2019, claiming that the grant of the New Chemical Entity (“NCE”) exclusivity blocks the approval of the Company’s application for five years and requesting that the FDA refuse to accept any further submissions in furtherance of the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) NDA application, treat as withdrawn any submissions made by the Company after December 2017 and withdraw the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) application. On April 24, 2019, the Company filed an opposition to the Citizen Petition requesting that it be denied. On July 3, 2019, the FDA denied the competitor’s citizen petition. Sales & Marketing and Customers We sell our pharmaceutical products to generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug retailers, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical companies, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations. The pharmaceutical industry’s largest wholesale distributors, Amerisource Bergen, McKesson and Cardinal Health, accounted for 21%, 18% and 10%, respectively, of our total net sales in fiscal year 2019, 29%, 17% and 6%, respectively, of our total net sales in fiscal year 2018 and 28%, 21% and 6%, respectively, of our total net sales in fiscal year 2017. Sales to wholesale customers include “indirect sales,” which represent sales to third-party entities, such as independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.” We enter into definitive agreements with our indirect customers to establish pricing for certain covered products. Under such agreements, the indirect customers independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices. We will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price. This credit is called a “chargeback.” For more information on chargebacks, see the section entitled 9 “Critical Accounting Policies” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K. These indirect sale transactions are recorded on our books as sales to wholesale customers. We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows and group purchasing organizations’ bidding processes. We also have a limited number of products that are marketed as part of our customers’ “private label” programs. Private label products are manufactured by Lannett but distributed to the customer with a label typically containing the name and logo of the customer. Private label allows us to leverage our internal sales efforts by using the sales and marketing efforts of those customers. Strong and dependable customer relationships have created a positive platform for us to increase our sales volumes. Historically and in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, our advertising expenses have been immaterial. When our sales representatives make contact with a customer, we will generally offer to supply the customer our products at fixed prices. If accepted, the customer’s purchasing department will coordinate the purchase, receipt and distribution of the products throughout its distribution centers and retail outlets. Once a customer accepts our supply of a product, the customer typically expects a high standard of service, including timely receipt of products ordered, availability of convenient, user-friendly and effective customer service functions and maintaining open lines of communication. We believe that retail-level consumer demand dictates the total volume of sales for various products. In the event that wholesale and retail customers adjust their purchasing volumes, we believe that consumer demand will be fulfilled by other wholesale or retail sources of supply. As a result, we attempt to develop and maintain strong relationships with most of the major retail chains, wholesale distributors and mail-order pharmacies in order to facilitate the supply of our products through whatever channel the consumer prefers. Although we have agreements with customers governing the transaction terms of our sales, generally there are no minimum purchase quantities applicable to these agreements. Our practice of maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders have contributed to a strong reputation among our customers as a dependable supplier of high-quality generic pharmaceuticals. Competition The manufacturing and distribution of generic pharmaceutical products is a highly competitive industry. Competition is based primarily on a reliable supply and price. In addition to competitive pricing, our competitive advantages are our ability to provide strong and dependable customer service by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of orders. We ensure that our products are available from national wholesale, chain drug and mail-order suppliers as well as our own warehouse. The modernization of our facilities, hiring of experienced staff and implementation of inventory and quality control programs have improved our competitive cost position. Our primary competitors across our product portfolio are Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., Mylan N.V., and Sandoz International GmbH. Validated Pharmaceutical Capabilities The Company’s 432,000 square foot Seymour, Indiana facility contains approximately 107,000 square feet of manufacturing space as well as a leased 116,000 square foot temperature/humidity-controlled storage warehouse. The Seymour facility has had satisfactory inspections conducted by the FDA and EMA and similar regulatory authorities of Japan, Taiwan, Brazil, China, Korea and Turkey. As of June 30, 2019, the facility has a production capacity of approximately 4.0 billion doses. The Company has an 110,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Carmel, New York, which sits on 25.8 acres of land. The facility specializes in liquid products and currently houses manufacturing, packaging, quality and research and development and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed. Lannett owns several facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Certain administrative functions, manufacturing and research and development facilities are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road, Philadelphia, PA. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company ceased manufacturing functions at its 9000 State Road facility. A second, 63,000 square foot facility is located within one mile of the State Road facility at 9001 Torresdale Avenue, Philadelphia, PA and contains our analytical research and development and quality control laboratories. The facility has capacity for additional manufacturing, packaging or laboratory space, if needed. We also own a building at 13200 Townsend Road in Philadelphia, PA consisting of 66,000 square feet on 7.3 acres of land formerly used for warehouse space and shipping. The building is currently under contract to be sold with an expected closing date in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020. The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of a 73,000 square foot structure located on approximately 15.0 acres in Cody, Wyoming. In June 2019, the Company announced the Cody API Restructuring Plan, as further described in Note 3. “Restructuring Charges.” As part of the plan, the Company intends to sell the manufacturing facility and cease all operations at Cody Labs. 10 We have adopted many processes in support of regulations relating to cGMPs in the last several years and we believe we are operating our facilities in substantial compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations. In designing our facilities, full attention was given to material flow, equipment and automation, quality control and inspection. Raw Materials and Finished Goods SuppliersOur use of raw materials in the production process consists of pharmaceutical chemicals in various forms that are generally available from several sources. In addition to the raw materials we purchase for the production process, we purchase certain finished dosage inventories. We sell these finished dosage form products directly to our customers along with the finished dosage form products manufactured in-house. We generally take precautionary measures to avoid a disruption in raw materials and finished goods, such as finding secondary suppliers for certain raw materials or finished goods when available and maintaining adequate inventory levels. The Company’s primary finished goods inventory supplier was JSP, in Bohemia, New York. Purchases of finished goods from JSP accounted for 29% of our inventory purchases in fiscal year 2019, 37% in fiscal year 2018 and 36% in fiscal year 2017. On March 23, 2019, the JSP Distribution Agreement expired and was not renewed. Over time, we have entered into supply and development agreements with Summit Bioscience LLC, HEC Pharm Group, Andor Pharmaceuticals LLC, Dexcel Pharma, Elite Pharmaceuticals, RivoPharm and various other international and domestic companies. The Company is currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other companies and is actively seeking additional strategic partnerships, through which it will market and distribute products manufactured in-house or by third parties. The Company plans to continue evaluating ways to improve its capital structure and consider potential merger and acquisition opportunities. The Company also continues to assess product acquisitions that are a strategic fit and accretive to the business. Research and Development ProcessOver the past several years, we have invested in R&D projects. The costs of these R&D efforts are expensed during the periods incurred. We believe that such costs may be recovered in future years when we receive approval from the FDA to manufacture and distribute such products. We have embarked on a plan to grow in future years, which includes organic growth to be achieved through our R&D efforts. We expect that our growing list of generic products under development will drive future growth. Over the past several years, we have hired additional personnel in product development, production and formulation. The following steps outline the numerous stages in the generic drug development process: 1.)Formulation and Analytical Method Development. After a drug candidate is selected for future sale, product development scientists perform various experiments to incorporate excipients with the APIs to produce a robust, stable and bioequivalent dosage form that will be therapeutically equivalent to the brand name drug, and meet all FDA requirements for approval. These experiments will result in the creation of a number of product formulations to determine which formula will be most suitable for our subsequent development process. Various formulations are tested in the laboratory to measure results against the innovator brand drug. During this time, we may use reverse engineering methods on samples of the innovator drug to determine the type and quantity of inactive ingredients. During the formulation phase, our R&D chemists begin to develop an analytical, laboratory testing method. The successful development of this test method will allow us to test developmental and commercial batches of the product in the future. All of the information used in the final formulation, including the analytical test methods adopted for the generic drug candidate, will be included as part of the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls (“CMC”) section of the ANDA submitted to the FDA. 2.)Scale-up and Tech Transfer. After product development, R&D formulators and the R&D chemists agree on a final formulation for use in moving the drug candidate forward in the developmental process, we then attempt to increase the batch size of the product. The batch size represents the standard magnitude to be used in manufacturing a batch of the product. The determination of batch size affects the amount of raw material that is used in the manufacturing process and the number of expected dosages to be created during the production cycle. We attempt to determine batch size based on the amount of active ingredient in each dosage, the available production equipment and unit sales projections. The scaled-up batch is then generally produced in our commercial manufacturing facilities. During this manufacturing process, we document the equipment used, the amount of time in each major processing step and any other steps needed to consistently produce a batch of that product. 3.)Bio equivalency and Clinical Testing. After a successful scale-up of the generic drug batch, we schedule and perform generally required bio equivalency testing on the product and in some cases, clinical testing, if required by the FDA. These procedures, which are generally outsourced to third parties, include testing the absorption rate and extent of the generic product in the human bloodstream compared to the absorption of the innovator drug. The results of this testing are then documented and reported to us to determine the “success” of the generic drug product. Success, in this context, means that 11 we are able to demonstrate that our product is comparable to the innovator product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics and intended use. Bioequivalence (meaning that the product has the same blood levels and dosage form as the innovator drug) and a stable formula are the primary requirements for a generic drug approval (assuming the manufacturing plant is in compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations). Lengthy and costly clinical trials proving safety and efficacy, which are required by the FDA for NDAs (and may include 505(b)(2)NDAs), are typically unnecessary for generic companies. If the results are successful, we will continue the collection of information and documentation for assembly of the drug application. 4.) Submission of the ANDA for FDA Review and Approval. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the proposed labeling, active pharmaceutical ingredient, excipients, container/closure, drug product formulation, drug product testing specification, methodology and results. Bioequivalence study reports are also included in the ANDA submission. Our ANDAs and NDAs are submitted to the FDA electronically using the most current Electronic Common Technical Document standards. Lannett strives to achieve a first cycle approval for each ANDA under the Generic Drug User Fee Amendments of 2012 (“GDUFA”) review metrics. In fiscal year 2019, we launched several products from internal and external sources. The following summary contains more specific details regarding our latest product launches. Market data was obtained from IQVIA. Product Launch Month of Launch Equivalent BrandTotal Market Size as of May 2019 ($ in millions) 1 Methylphenidate HCl CD ER Capsules ..................................... July 2018 Metadate CD®$ 49.7 2 Esomeprazole Magnesium DR Capsules ................................... August 2018 Nexium® $ 434.4 3 Buprenorphine and Naloxone Sublingual Tablets ..................... September 2018 Suboxone® $ 184.0 4 Oxycodone/APAP (325 mg) IR Tablets, USP* ......................... September 2018 Percocet® $ 356.0 5 Hydrocodone Bitartrate and Acetaminophen (325mg) IR Tablets* ...................................................................................... September 2018 Lorcet® $ 359.5 6 Clarithromycin ER Tablets ........................................................ November 2018 Biaxin XL® $ 10.2 7 Dronabinol IR Capsules ............................................................. November 2018 Marinol® $ 74.0 8 Vardenafil HCl IR Tablets ......................................................... November 2018 Levitra® $ 74.8 9 Lansoprazole DR Capsules ........................................................ November 2018 Prevacid ® $ 84.0 10 Dexmethylphenidate HCL ER Capsules .................................... November 2018 Focalin XR® $ 620.7 11 Trientine HCL IR Capsules ........................................................ January 2019 Syprine ® $ 119.0 12 Entacapone IR Tablets ............................................................... January 2019 Comtan® $ 19.0 13 Temozolomide HCl IR Capsules* ............................................. March 2019 Temodar® $ 59.7 14 Lactulose Solution ...................................................................... March 2019 Chronulac ® $ 35.3 15 Amphetamine IR Tablets ........................................................... May 2019 Adderall® $ 337.9 16 Methylphenidate HCl ER Tablets .............................................. May 2019 Concerta® $ 1,480.0 17 Dantrolene Capsules ................................................................... June 2019 Dantrium ® $ 6.3 18 Aspirin and Dipyridamole ER Capsules .................................... June 2019 Aggrenox® $ 153.0 *Only small quantities of these products were shipped in Fiscal 2019. Moreover, the Company has subsequently de-emphasized the Oxycodone and Hydrocodone products, both of which are in the Pain Management category. We have additional products of various dosage forms currently under development. Our developmental drug products are intended to treat a diverse range of indications. The products under development are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, clinical testing and/or FDA review. The cost associated with each product that we are currently developing is dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to, the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the price of the raw materials and the FDA-mandated requirement of bioequivalence studies (depending on the FDA’s Product Specific Guidance). With the introduction of GDUFA and additional guidance issued by the FDA, the cost to develop a new generic product varies but can total several million dollars. In addition, we currently own several ANDAs for products that are not currently marketed and noted as Discontinued in FDA’s Orange Book. Occasionally, we review such discontinued products to determine if the market potential for any of these products has recently changed to make it attractive for us to reconsider manufacturing and selling. If we decide to commercially market one of 12 these products, we evaluate the requirements necessary for commercial launch, including a filing strategy to properly report the relaunch to the FDA so that the product is moved to the Active section of the Orange Book. In addition to the efforts of our internal product development group, we have contracted with numerous outside firms for the formulation and development of several new generic drug products. These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, analytical method development and testing and manufacturing scale-up. These products include orally administered solid dosage products, injectables and nasal delivery products that are intended to treat a diverse range of medical indications. We intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for some of these R&D products to our own commercial manufacturing sites. We initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of our own internal R&D efforts. We recorded R&D expenses of $38.8 million in fiscal year 2019, $29.2 million in fiscal year 2018 and $42.1 million in fiscal year 2017. These amounts included expenses associated with bioequivalence studies, internal development resources as well as outsourced development. While we manage all R&D from our principal executive office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, we have also been taking steps to capitalize on favorable development costs in other countries. We have strategic relationships with various companies that either act as contract research organizations or API suppliers as well as dosage form manufacturers. In addition, U.S.-based research organizations have been engaged for product development to enhance our internal development. Fixed payment arrangements are established between Lannett and these research organizations and in some cases include a royalty provision. Development payments are normally scheduled in advance, based on attaining development milestones. Government Regulation Pharmaceutical manufacturers are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, including the FDA and, in cases of controlled substance products the DEA, as well as other federal regulatory bodies and state governments. The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), the Controlled Substance Act (the “CSA”) and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion of our generic drug products. Non-compliance with applicable regulations can result in fines, product recalls and seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, personal and/or corporate prosecution and debarment and refusal of the government to approve applications. The FDA also has the authority to revoke previously approved drug applications. Generally, FDA approval is required before a drug can be marketed. A new drug is one not generally recognized by qualified experts as safe and effective for its intended use and is submitted to the FDA as a NDA. The FDA review process for new drugs is very extensive and requires a substantial investment to research and test the drug candidate. A less burdensome approval pathway is used for generic drug products, the ANDA. Typically, the investment required to develop a generic drug is less costly than the new drug. Some drug products may be submitted as a 505(b)(2) NDA, allowing some of the required research and testing to be waived by relying on FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy and literature. For additional information on the FDA approval pathways, refer to section 505(b)(1) and 505(b)(2) of the FD&C Act for NDAs, section 505(j) for ANDAs and resources available on the FDA website, www.fda.gov. Manufacturing cGMP Requirements Among the requirements for a new drug approval, facilities identified in each application that perform operations related to the drug product, including drug substance manufacturers and outside contract facilities, must conform to FDA cGMP regulations. The FDA may perform general GMP and/or pre-approval inspections to assess a company’s compliance with cGMP regulations. These inspections include reviews of procedures, operations, and data used to support the application and ongoing drug product manufacturing and testing. FDA’s cGMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance systems as well as the corresponding records and documentation. In complying with the evolving standards set forth in the cGMP regulations, we must continue to expend time, money and effort in many areas to ensure compliance. Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to, warning letters, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on or suspending manufacturing operations, injunctions, the seizure of non-complying drug products and/or civil and criminal penalties. Adverse experiences with the product and certain non-compliance events may need to be reported to the FDA and could result in regulatory actions such as labeling changes or FDA request for application withdrawal or product removal. 13 Other Regulatory Requirements With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. The FDA has very broad enforcement authority under the FDCA and failure to abide by these regulations can result in penalties, including the issuance of a warning letter directing entities to correct deviations from FDA standards, a requirement that future advertising and promotional materials be pre-cleared by the FDA and state and/or federal civil and criminal investigations and prosecutions. Some of our products require participation in Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies (“REMS”) programs, including our opioid products. A shared system REMS encompasses multiple prescription drug products and is developed and implemented jointly by two or more companies marketing the same products. These programs can add significant costs for the Company, depending on market share and complexity of the program. Any one or a combination of FDA regulatory or enforcement actions against the Company could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. DEA Regulation We maintain registrations and quota (limitations on purchases of controlled substances) with the DEA that enable us to receive, manufacture, store, develop, test and distribute controlled substances in connection with our operations. Controlled substances are those drugs that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and administered by the DEA under the CSA. The CSA governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, quota, handling, security and disposal of controlled substances. We are subject to periodic and ongoing inspections by the DEA and similar state drug enforcement authorities to assess our ongoing compliance with the DEA’s regulations. Any failure to comply with these regulations could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or a denial of renewal of our DEA registration or quota, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties. We are subject to an allocation of national (aggregate) quota for several products in our portfolio. Our quota requests require DEA approval in full for us to meet our forecasted customer demands. The DEA may or may not approve our quota requests in full based on factors that we do not control. Fraud and Abuse Laws Because of the significant federal and state funding involved in the provision of health care services, including Medicare and Medicaid funding, Congress and state legislatures have enacted and federal and state governments actively enforce, a number of laws whose purpose is to eliminate fraud and abuse in federal health care programs. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws, including both federal and state level Anti-Kickback Statutes, as well as other laws aimed at eliminating fraud and abuse such as the False Claims Act and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). Anti-Kickback Statutes and Federal False Claims Act One of the primary federal laws aimed at curbing fraud and abuse in the federal health care programs is the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a–7b(b), which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as Medicare, Medicaid or TRICARE. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example gifts, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, payment of cash and waivers of payments, including copayments. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal health care covered business, the statute has been violated. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other federal health care programs. In addition, violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute are per se violations of the Federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the health care industry. Recognizing that the Anti-Kickback Statute is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress incorporated several statutory exceptions into the federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s framework, which protect certain types of business arrangements. Congress also authorized the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) to issue a series of “regulatory safe harbors.” Both the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors set forth provisions that, if all of their applicable requirements are met, will assure health care providers and other parties to the arrangement that the federal Anti-Kickback Statute has not been violated and that that they will not be prosecuted under the Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal or that prosecution will be pursued. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG. 14 Many states have adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referrals of patients for health care items or services reimbursed by any source, including commercial payers and private pay patients. Government officials have focused their Anti-Kickback Statute enforcement efforts on marketing of health care services and products, among other activities and recently have brought cases against companies and certain sales, marketing and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business. In addition to applying federal and state Anti-Kickback Statutes in enforcement actions involving the marketing of healthcare services and products, the federal government and various states also have enacted laws specifically regulating the sales and marketing practices of pharmaceutical companies. These laws and regulations may limit financial interactions between manufacturers and health care providers, require disclosure to the federal or state government and the public of such interactions (e.g. federal and state “Sunshine” laws), or require the adoption of compliance standards or programs. Many of these laws and regulations contain ambiguous requirements or require administrative guidance for implementation and, given the lack of clarity, our activities could be subject to the penalties under the pertinent laws and regulations. Another development affecting the health care industry is the increased use of the Federal False Claims Act (“FFCA”) and in particular, action brought pursuant to the FFCA’s “Whistleblower” or “Qui Tam” provisions. The FFCA imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The Qui Tam provisions of the FFCA allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought against health care providers by private individuals has increased dramatically, and in Fiscal 2018, the federal government recovered more than $2.5 billion in judgements and settlements related to FFCA violations in the health care industry. In addition to the FFCA, various states have enacted false claims laws analogous to the FFCA, and many of these state laws apply where a claim is submitted to any third-party payer and not merely a federal health care program. When an entity is determined to have violated the FFCA, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties of between approximately $11,000 and $20,000 per claim, as adjusted annually. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits or causes another to submit a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal government has used the FFCA to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks and other improper referrals; improper use of Medicare numbers by the provider of services; as well as allegations regarding misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the FFCA in connection with off-label promotion of products. Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state and third-party reimbursement of our products and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. We are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the FFCA or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit certain classes of persons and entities, and their intermediaries, from making payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business. Specifically, the anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA prohibit the bribery of government officials. If we are found to be liable for FCPA or other violations, we could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, including contract cancellations or debarment, and loss of our reputation, any of which could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition and operations. HIPAA and Other Fraud and Privacy Regulations The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters. The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payment programs. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines and/or imprisonment. 15 Pricing In the United States, our sales are dependent upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement for our products from third-party payors, including federal and state programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and private organizations such as commercial health insurance and managed care companies. Such third-party payors increasingly challenge the price of medical products and services and instituting cost containment measures to control or significantly influence the purchase of medical products and services. Over the past several years, the rising costs of providing health care services has triggered legislation to make certain changes to the way in which pharmaceuticals are covered and reimbursed, particularly by government programs. For instance, federal legislation and regulations have created a voluntary prescription drug benefit, Medicare Part D, which revised the formula used to reimburse health care providers and physicians under Medicare Part B and imposed significant revisions to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program. These changes have resulted in and may continue to result in, coverage and reimbursement restrictions and increased rebate obligations by manufacturers. In addition, there continues to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. Examples of how limits on drug coverage and reimbursement in the United States may cause reduced payments for drugs in the future include: • changing Medicare reimbursement methodologies; • revising drug rebate calculations under the Medicaid program; • reforming drug importation laws; • fluctuating decisions on which drugs to include in formularies; and • requiring pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative drug therapies. Also, over the last few years, several states have passed legislation or have proposed legislation that have imposed price reporting requirements for both generic and brand pharmaceutical products and that include price transparency, price increase notification and supplement rebate requirements. We cannot predict the likelihood or pace of such additional changes or whether there will be significant legislative or regulatory reform impacting our products, nor can we predict with precision what effect such governmental measures would have if they were ultimately enacted into law. However, in general, we believe that legislative and regulatory reform activity likely will continue. Current or future federal or state laws and regulations may influence the prices of drugs and, therefore, could adversely affect the prices that we receive for our products. Programs in existence in certain states seek to set prices of all drugs sold within those states through the regulation and administration of the sale of prescription drugs. Expansion of these programs, in particular, state Medicaid programs, or changes required in the way in which Medicaid rebates are calculated under such programs, could adversely affect the price we receive for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, generic pharmaceutical drug prices have been the focus of increased scrutiny by certain states’ attorney generals, the U.S. Department of Justice and Congress. Decreases in health care reimbursements or prices of our prescription drugs could limit our ability to sell our products or could decrease our revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company believes that under the current regulatory environment, the generic pharmaceutical industry as a whole will be the target of increased governmental scrutiny, especially with respect to state and federal anti-trust and price-fixing claims. See Note 11 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies” for a description of current state and federal anti-trust and price-fixing claims. Other Applicable Laws We are also subject to federal, state and local laws of general applicability, including laws regulating working conditions and the storage, transportation, or discharge of items that may be considered hazardous substances, hazardous waste, or environmental contaminants. We monitor our compliance with laws and we believe we are in substantial compliance with all regulatory bodies. 16 As a publicly-traded company, we are also subject to significant regulations and laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since its enactment, we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current best practices and we continue to update the program in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements. Employees As of June 30, 2019, we had 1,020 full-time employees. Securities and Exchange Act Reports We maintain a website at www.lannett.com. We make available on or through our website our current and periodic reports, including any amendments to those reports, that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These reports include annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. This information is available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act. 17 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Governmental investigations into sales and marketing practices in the generic pharmaceutical industry and claims by private parties relating to such investigations may result in substantial penalties or settlements. There has been increased press coverage and increased scrutiny from regulatory and enforcement agencies and legislative bodies with respect to matters relating to the pricing of generic pharmaceuticals, including publicity and pressure resulting from prices charged by our competitors. We have experienced and may continue to experience downward pricing pressure on the price of our products due to competitive pressure to lower the cost of drugs to the ultimate consumer, which could reduce our revenue and future profitability. This increased press coverage and public scrutiny have resulted in, and may continue to result in, investigations, and calls for investigations, by governmental agencies at both the federal and state level and have resulted in, and may continue to result in, claims brought against us by private parties or by regulators taking other measures that could have a negative effect on our business. For a description of current, federal, and state investigations and claims by private parties, see Note 11 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies.” Additional actions are possible. Responding to such investigations and claims is costly and involves a significant diversion of management attention. Such proceedings are unpredictable and may develop over lengthy periods of time. Future settlements may involve large monetary penalties. It is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate outcome of any such investigations or claims or what other investigations or lawsuits or regulatory responses may result from such assertions, or their impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or our stock price. Any such investigation or claim could also result in reputational harm and reduced market acceptance and demand for our products, could harm our ability to market our products in the future, could cause us to incur significant expense, could cause our senior management to be distracted from execution of our business strategy, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Accompanying the press and media coverage of pharmaceutical pricing practices and public complaints about the same, there has been increasing U.S. federal and state legislative and enforcement interest with respect to drug pricing. In recent years, both the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate have conducted numerous hearings with respect to pharmaceutical drug pricing practices, including in connection with the investigation of specific price increases by pharmaceutical companies. In addition to the effects of any investigations or claims brought against us described above, our revenue and future profitability could also be negatively affected if any such inquiries, of us or of other pharmaceutical companies or the industry more generally, were to result in legislative or regulatory proposals that limit our ability to increase the prices of our products. Any of the events or developments described above could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as on our reputation. Management’s plans to address the impact of the nonrenewal of the JSP Distribution Agreement may not be successful. Net sales of JSP products totaled $202.5 million in fiscal year 2019, $253.1 million in fiscal year 2018 and $187.0 million in fiscal year 2017. Our Distribution Agreement with JSP was not renewed when it expired on March 23, 2019. Management has implemented plans to offset the impact of the nonrenewal of the JSP Distribution Agreement. These plans currently include, among other things, an emphasis on reducing cost of sales, research and development (“R&D”) and selling, general and administration (“SG&A”) expenses, continuing to accelerate new product launches, increasing its level of strategic partnerships and reducing capital expenditures. Management will also continue its emphasis on accelerating ANDA filings. However, the impact that these actions will have cannot be assured and they may not be sufficient to offset the impact, in whole or in part, of the loss of net sales, earnings or cash flows resulting from the nonrenewal of the JSP Distribution Agreement. Our substantial indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health. We currently have substantial indebtedness. As of June 30, 2019, we had total outstanding debt of $768.4 million, which consists of an amended term loan facility (the “Amended Term Loan Facility”). We also have an undrawn $125.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Amended Term Loan Facility consists of an initial $910.0 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Senior Secured Term Loan Facility”), which was amended in June 2016 to include an additional $150.0 million incremental term loan (the “Incremental Term Loan”). The Amended Term Loan Facility, together with the Revolving Credit Facility comprises the amended senior secured credit facility (the “Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility”). Our substantial indebtedness may have important consequences for us. For example, it may: • increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions, including recessions and periods of significant inflation and financial market volatility; • expose us to the risk of increased interest rates, because any borrowings we make under the Revolving Facility and other borrowings under the Term Loan Facility under certain circumstances, will bear interest at variable rates; 18 • require us to use a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other expenses; • limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; • place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness; and • limit our ability to borrow additional funds that may be needed to operate and expand our business. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility imposes operating and financial restrictions, which may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and taking certain actions that may be potentially profitable or in our best interests. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility restrict and future debt instruments may restrict, subject to certain important exceptions and qualifications, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: • incur or guarantee additional indebtedness; • make certain investments or acquisitions; • grant or permit certain liens on our assets; • enter into certain transactions with affiliates; • pay dividends, redeem our equity or make other restricted payments; • prepay, repurchase or redeem contractually subordinated debt and certain other debt; • merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets; • transfer, sell or dispose of property and assets; and • change the business we conduct or enter into new kinds of business. These covenants could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, engage in business activities, including future opportunities that may be in our interest and plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If an event of default occurs, the relevant lenders or holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest, fees and other liabilities, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness. Acceleration of our other indebtedness could result in a default under the terms of the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility. There is no guarantee that we would be able to satisfy our obligations if any of our indebtedness is accelerated. In addition, the limitations imposed in the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility on our ability to incur certain additional debt and to take other corporate actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing. If, for any reason, we are unable to comply with the restrictions in the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility, we may not be granted waivers or amendments to such restrictions or we may not be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The lenders under the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. If we fail to meet any covenants in our Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility and cannot secure a waiver for such failure, the lenders under our Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility would be entitled to exercise various rights, including causing the amounts outstanding under the entire Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility to become immediately due and payable. If we were unable to pay such amounts, the lenders under the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility could recover amounts owed to them by foreclosing against the collateral pledged to them. We have pledged a substantial portion of our assets to the lenders under the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility, including the equity of our subsidiaries. 19 Our Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility contains financial covenants and other restrictive covenants that may limit our flexibility. We may not be able to comply with these covenants, which could result in the amounts outstanding under our Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility becoming immediately due and payable. Our Revolving Credit Facility requires us to comply with a first lien net leverage ratio not to exceed 3.75:1.00 when there are outstanding loans and letters of credit (other than (i) drawn letters of credit that have been cash collateralized and (ii) up to $5.0 million of undrawn letters of credit) thereunder that exceed 30% of the aggregate commitment amount under the Revolving Credit Facility of $125.0 million as of the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter (with a step-down, occurring as of December 31, 2019, to 3.25:1.00). In addition, the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility is subject to a financial performance covenant, which pursuant to the December 10, 2018 Amendment, provides that the Company shall not permit its secured net leverage ratio as of the last day of any four consecutive fiscal quarters to be greater than 3.75:1.00 (with a step-up, occurring as of December 31, 2019, to 4.25:1.00 and a step-down, occurring as of September 30, 2020, to 4.00:1.00). Lastly, the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility, as amended on December 10, 2018 is also subject to a minimum liquidity covenant, which provides that the Company shall not permit its liquidity as of the last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than $75.0 million. For purposes of this covenant liquidity is defined as the sum of availability under the Revolving Credit Facility (calculated in the manner described in the following sentence) plus unrestricted cash. For purposes of this covenant, availability under the Revolving Credit Facility is calculated as the amount available to be drawn other than any amount which if drawn would result in a breach of the Revolving Credit Facility financial covenant on a pro forma basis. Accordingly, if our liquidity and performance significantly worsens, we could become non-compliant with such covenants. As of June 30, 2019, the Company was in compliance with the financial and other covenants included in our debt agreements. See Note. 10 “Long-Term Debt.” Based on our current projections, the Company expects to have sufficient liquidity and cash flows to be able to meet our debt service requirements through June 30, 2020 and expects to be in compliance with its financial covenants throughout Fiscal 2020. If actual results for the year ending June 30, 2020 are less than the Company’s current projections and/or if management’s plans to offset the loss of the revenues and cash flows from the products distributed under the JSP Distribution Agreement are not successful, the Company could be in violation of its covenants, which may require significant accelerated payments of debt. We are also subject to requirements to make mandatory prepayments, with the net proceeds of certain asset sales, excess cash flows and debt issuances. These requirements could limit our ability to obtain future financing, make acquisitions or needed capital expenditures, withstand any downturns in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise, any of which could place us at a competitive disadvantage relative to our competitors that have less debt and are not subject to such restrictions. Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly. Borrowings under the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable rate indebtedness will increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, will correspondingly decrease. Based on total outstanding debt as of June 30, 2019 and the assumption that interest rates are above the interest rate floor set forth in the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility, each 1/8th percentage point change in interest rates would result in a $1.0 million change in annual interest expense on our outstanding debt under the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility. Due to many factors beyond our control, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and meet our other ongoing liquidity needs and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our debt agreements, which may not be successful. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance, our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and we may not have available to us future borrowings in an amount sufficient, to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. In these circumstances, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and 20 may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness or obtain additional financing will depend on, among other things: • our financial condition at the time; • restriction in the agreements governing our indebtedness; • the condition of the financial markets and the industry in which we operate; and • our debt credit ratings As a result, we may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In such a case, we could be forced to sell assets, reduce or delay capital expenditures or issue equity securities to make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances. The terms of the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility limit our ability to sell assets. In addition, we may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations. Any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness when due would permit the holders of such indebtedness to declare an event of default and accelerate the indebtedness. This could result in the lenders under the Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility terminating their commitments to lend us money and foreclosing against the assets securing the borrowings and we could be forced into bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on acceptable terms. In August 2018, both Moody’s and S&P reduced the Company’s debt credit rating to “B3” and “B-”, respectively. See Note 22. “Subsequent Events” for more information related to the JSP Distribution Agreement, which expired and was not renewed. If our intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings. Under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”), we review our indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually and when there are changes in circumstances. We may be required to record additional significant charges to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets is determined, resulting in a negative effect on our results of operations. Changes in market conditions or other changes in the future outlook of value may lead to further impairments in the future. In addition, we continue to review the potential divestment of certain assets as part of our future plans, which may lead to additional impairments. Future events or decisions may lead to asset impairments and/or related charges. For assets that are not impaired, we may adjust the remaining useful lives. Certain non-cash impairments may result from a change in our strategic goals, business direction or other factors relating to the overall business environment. Any significant impairment could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period depending upon our product sales mix, our product pricing and our costs to manufacture or purchase products. Our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows depend to a significant extent upon our product sales mix. Sales of certain products that we manufacture tend to create higher gross margins than the products we purchase and resell. As a result, our sales mix will significantly impact our gross profit from period to period. Factors that may cause our sales mix to vary include: • the number of new product introductions; • marketing exclusivity, if any, which may be obtained on certain new products; • the level of competition in the marketplace for certain products; • the availability of raw materials and finished products from our suppliers; and • the scope and outcome of governmental regulatory action that may involve us. The Company is continuously seeking to keep product costs low, however there can be no guarantee that gross profit percentages will stay consistent in future periods. Pricing pressure from competitors, changes in product mix and the costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in future periods. 21 The generic pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive. We face strong competition in our generic product business. Revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on certain regulatory and competitive factors. Typically, as patents for brand-name products and related exclusivity periods expire or fall under patent challenges, the first generic manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for generic equivalents of such products is generally able to achieve significant market penetration. As competing off-patent manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on similar products or as brand manufacturers launch generic versions of such products (for which no separate regulatory approval is required), market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, in some cases dramatically. Accordingly, the level of market share, revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product is normally related to the number of competitors in that product’s market and the timing of that product’s regulatory approval and launch, in relation to competing approvals and launches. Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new products in a timely and cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins. If we are unable to successfully develop or commercialize new products, our operating results will suffer. Our future results of operations will depend to a significant extent upon our ability to successfully commercialize new generic products in a timely manner. There are numerous difficulties in developing and commercializing new products, including: • developing, testing and manufacturing products in compliance with regulatory standards in a timely manner; • receiving requisite regulatory approvals for such products in a timely manner; • the availability, on commercially reasonable terms, of raw materials, including APIs and other key ingredients; • developing and commercializing a new product is time consuming, costly and subject to numerous factors that may delay or prevent the successful commercialization of new products; and • commercializing generic products may be substantially delayed by unexpired patents covering the brand drug. As a result of these and other difficulties, products currently in development by Lannett may or may not receive the regulatory approvals necessary for marketing. If any of our products, when developed and approved, cannot be successfully or timely commercialized, our operating results could be adversely affected. We cannot guarantee that any investment we make in developing products will be recouped, even if we are successful in commercializing those products. Extensive industry regulation has had and will continue to have, a significant impact on our business in the area of cost of goods, especially our product development, manufacturing and distribution capabilities. All pharmaceutical companies, including Lannett, are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by the federal government, including the FDA and, in the case of controlled drugs, the DEA and state government agencies. The FDCA, the CSA and other federal statutes, regulations and guidance govern or influence the development, testing, manufacturing, packing, labeling, storing, record keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of our products. The process for obtaining governmental approval to manufacture and market pharmaceutical products is rigorous, time-consuming and costly and we cannot predict the extent to which we may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. We are dependent on receiving FDA and other governmental or third-party approvals prior to manufacturing, marketing and shipping our products. The FDA approval process for a particular product candidate can take several years and requires us to dedicate substantial resources to complete all activities necessary to secure approvals and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates in a timely manner, or at all. In order to obtain approval for our generic product candidates, we must demonstrate that our drug product is therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent to a drug previously approved by the FDA through the drug approval process, known as the reference listed drug (“RLD”) or reference standard drug (“RS”). Bioequivalence may be demonstrated in vivo or in vitro by comparing the generic product candidate to the innovator drug product. During the FDA review process, the FDA may request additional information and studies to support approval of an application, which could delay approval of the product and impair our ability to compete with other versions of the generic drug product. Consequently, there is always the chance that we will not obtain FDA or other necessary approvals, or that the rate, timing and cost of such approvals will adversely affect our product introduction plans or results of operations. We carry inventories of certain products in anticipation of launch and if such products are not subsequently launched, we may be required to write-off the related inventory. Furthermore, the FDA also has the authority to withdraw drug approvals previously granted after a hearing and require a firm to 22 remove these products from the market for a variety of reasons, including a failure to comply with applicable regulations or the discovery of previously unknown safety problems with the product. Additionally, certain products marketed prior to the enactment of the 1962 amendments to the FDCA may be considered “generally recognized as safe and effective based on published scientific literature” or “GRASE.” GRASE products are those “old drugs that do not require prior approval from the FDA in order to be marketed.” Similarly, pursuant to 21 U.S.C. § 321(p)(1), also known as the “grandfather clause”, a product is exempted from the “effectiveness requirements [of the act] if its composition and labeling have not changed since 1962 and if, on the day before the 1962 amendments became effective, it was (1) used or sold commercially in the United States, (2) not a new drug as defined by the act at that time and (3) not covered by an effective application.” Recently, the FDA has increased its efforts to force companies to file and seek FDA approval for Grandfathered products. Efforts have included issuing notices to companies currently producing these products to cease its distribution of said products. Lannett currently manufactures and markets the unapproved product hyosyne solution/elixir. In addition, facilities used to manufacture and/or test materials and drug products we market are subject to periodic inspection of facilities by the FDA, the DEA and other authorities to confirm that firms are in compliance with all applicable regulations. The FDA conducts pre-approval and/or post-approval inspections to determine whether systems and processes are in compliance with cGMP and other FDA regulations. A Form 483 notice is generally issued at the conclusion of a FDA inspection and lists conditions the FDA inspectors believe may violate cGMP or other FDA regulations. If more serious violations are identified, the FDA may take additional action, such as issuing warning letters, import alerts, etc. The DEA and comparable state-level agencies also heavily regulate the manufacturing, holding, processing, security, record-keeping and distribution of drugs that are controlled substances. Lannett manufactures and/or distributes a variety of controlled substances. The DEA periodically inspects facilities for compliance with its regulations. If our manufacturing facilities or those of our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in regulatory action and additional costs. Our inability or the inability of our suppliers to comply with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements can result in, among other things, delays in or denials of new product approvals, warning letters, import alerts, fines, consent decrees restricting or suspending manufacturing operations, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of sales and/or criminal prosecution. Any of these or other regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition. Although we have instituted internal compliance programs, if these programs do not meet regulatory agency standards or if compliance is deemed deficient in any significant way, it could materially harm our business. Additionally, if the FDA were to undertake additional enforcement activities with Lannett’s Grandfathered products, their actions could result in, among other things, removal of some products from the market, seizure of the product and total or partial suspension of sales. Any of these regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition. Our manufacturing operations as well as our suppliers’ manufacturing operations are subject to establishment registration by the FDA and periodic inspections by the FDA to assure compliance regarding the manufacturing of our products. If we or our suppliers do not maintain the current registrations or if we or our partners receive notices of manufacturing and quality-related observations following inspections by the FDA, our operating results would be materially negatively impacted. All of our facilities as well as applicable contract/supplier facilities, rely on maintaining current FDA registration and other licenses to produce and develop generic drugs. If the Company does not successfully renew its FDA registrations, the financial results of Lannett would be negatively impacted. We and our third-party manufacturers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA to assure regulatory compliance regarding the manufacturing, distribution, and promotion of pharmaceutical products. The FDA imposes stringent mandatory requirements on the manufacture and distribution of pharmaceutical products to ensure their safety and efficacy. If we or our partners receive similar notices of manufacturing and quality-related observations and correspondence in the future, and if we are unable to resolve these observations and address the FDA’s concerns in a timely fashion, our business, financial results and/or stock price could be materially affected. We have and will continue to enter into strategic alliances and collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of some of our drug candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these drug candidates. We previously have and will continue in the future to seek third-party collaborators for the commercialization of some of our drug candidates on a selected basis, which adds a level of complexity to our supply network. If we do enter into any such arrangements with any third parties, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development of our drug candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. Many risks associated with relying on third-party collaborators for developing new products are beyond our control. For example, some of our collaboration partners may decide to make substantial changes to a product’s formulation or design, may experience supply interruptions or financial 23 difficulties or may have limited financial resources. Any of the foregoing may delay the development of new products or interrupt their market supply. In addition, if a third-party collaborator on a new product terminates our collaboration agreement or does not perform under the agreement, we may experience delays and additional costs in developing or replacing that product. The loss of key personnel could cause our business to suffer. The success of our present and future operations will depend, to a significant extent, upon the experience, abilities and continued services of our key personnel. If we lose the services of our key personnel, or if they are unable to devote sufficient attention to our operations for any other reason, our business may be significantly impaired. If the employment of any of our current key personnel is terminated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and replace the employee with the same caliber of key personnel. As such, we have entered into employment agreements with all of our senior executive officers in order to help retain these key individuals. If brand pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative and regulatory efforts, our sales of generic products may suffer. Many brand pharmaceutical companies have increasingly used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay generic competition. These efforts have included: • pursuing new patents for existing products which may be granted just before the expiration of one patent which could extend patent protection for additional years or otherwise delay the launch of generics; • using the Citizen Petition process to request amendments to FDA standards; • seeking changes to U.S. Pharmacopeia, an organization which publishes industry recognized compendia of drug standards; • attaching patent extension amendments to non-related federal legislation; • engaging in state-by-state initiatives to enact legislation that restricts the substitution of some generic drugs, which could have an impact on products that we are developing • persuading regulatory bodies to withdraw the approval of brand-name drugs for which the patents are about to expire and converting the market to another product of the brand company on which longer patent protection exists; • entering into agreements whereby other generic companies will begin to market an AG, a generic equivalent of a branded product, at the same time or after generic competition initially enters the market; • filing suits for patent infringement and other claims that may delay or prevent regulatory approval, manufacture and/or scale of generic products; and, • introducing “next-generation” products prior to the expiration of market exclusivity for the reference product, which often materially reduces the demand for the generic or the reference product for which we seek regulatory approval. In the U.S., some pharmaceutical companies have lobbied Congress for amendments to the Hatch-Waxman Act that would give them additional advantages over generic competitors. For example, although the term of a company’s drug patent can be extended to reflect a portion of the time an NDA is under regulatory review, some companies have proposed extending the patent term by a full year for each year spent in clinical trials rather than the one-half year that is currently permitted. If proposals like these were to become effective, or if any other actions by our competitors and other third parties to prevent or delay activities necessary to the approval, manufacture, or distribution of our products are successful, our entry into the market and our ability to generate revenues associated with new products may be delayed, reduced, or eliminated, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or share price. 24 The generic pharmaceutical industry is characterized by intellectual property litigation and third parties may claim that we infringe on their proprietary rights which could result in litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products. Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing or violating the intellectual property rights of others. The manufacture, use and sale of new products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights have been the subject of substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical industry. These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We may have to defend against charges that we violated patents or proprietary rights of third parties. This is especially true in the case of generic products on which the patent covering the brand product is expiring, an area where infringement litigation is prevalent and in the case of new brand products in which a competitor has obtained patents for similar products. Our competitors, some of which have substantially greater resources than we do and have made substantial intellectual property investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained, or may in the future apply for and obtain, patent rights and other intellectual property that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. We may not be aware of whether our products do or will infringe existing or future patents or the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, patent applications can be pending for many years and may be confidential for a number of months after filing and because pending patent claims can be revised before issuance, there may be applications of others now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our products. Even if we prevail, litigation may be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of our management and technical personnel. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following: • stop making, selling or using products or technologies that allegedly infringe the asserted intellectual property; • lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others; • incur significant legal expenses; • pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; • pay the attorney fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; • redesign or rename, in the case of trademark claims, those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive and/or infeasible; or • attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If we are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or substantial royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although the parties to patent and intellectual property disputes in the pharmaceutical industry have often settled their disputes through licensing or similar arrangements, the costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Even if we were able to obtain rights to the third-party’s intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. As a result, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling a number of our products, or force us to redesign or rename our products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, which, even if it is possible to so redesign or rename our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 25 If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies from key suppliers that in some cases may be the only source of finished products or raw materials, our ability to deliver our products to the market may be impeded. We are required to identify the supplier(s) of all the raw materials for our products in our applications with the FDA. To the extent practicable, we attempt to identify more than one supplier in each drug application. However, some products and raw materials are available only from a single source and, in some of our drug applications, only one supplier of products and raw materials has been identified, even in instances where multiple sources exist. To the extent any difficulties experienced by our suppliers cannot be resolved within a reasonable time and at reasonable cost, or if raw materials for a particular product become unavailable from an approved supplier and we are required to qualify a new supplier with the FDA, our profit margins and market share for the affected product could decrease and our development and sales and marketing efforts could be delayed. Our policies regarding returns, allowances and chargebacks and marketing programs adopted by wholesalers may reduce our revenues in future fiscal periods. Based on industry practice, generic drug manufacturers have liberal return policies and have been willing to give customers post-sale inventory allowances. Under these arrangements, from time to time we give our customers credits on our generic products that our customers hold in inventory after we have decreased the market prices of the same generic products due to competitive pricing. Therefore, if new competitors enter the marketplace and significantly lower the prices of any of their competing products, we would likely reduce the price of our products. As a result, we would likely be obligated to provide credits to our customers who are then holding inventories of such products, which could reduce sales revenue and gross margin for the period the credit is provided. Like our competitors, we also give credits for chargebacks to wholesalers that have contracts with us for their sales to hospitals, group purchasing organizations, pharmacies or other customers. A chargeback is the difference between the price the wholesaler pays and the price that the wholesaler’s end-customer pays for a product. Although we establish reserves based on our prior experience and our best estimates of the impact that these policies may have in subsequent periods, we cannot ensure that our reserves are adequate or that actual product returns, allowances and chargebacks will not exceed our estimates. Health care initiatives and other third-party payor cost-containment pressures have and could continue to cause us to sell our products at lower prices, resulting in decreased revenues. Some of our products are purchased or reimbursed by state and federal government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, or HMOs and managed care organizations, or MCOs. Third-party payors increasingly challenge pharmaceutical product pricing. There also continues to be a trend toward managed health care in the United States. Pricing pressures by third-party payors and the growth of organizations such as HMOs and MCOs could result in lower prices and a reduction in demand for our products. One such governmental program, known as the 340B Program, requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into an agreement, called a pharmaceutical pricing agreement (PPA), with the Secretary of Health and Human Services. Under the PPA, the manufacturer agrees to provide front-end discounts on covered outpatient drugs purchased by specified providers, called “covered entities,” that serve the nation’s most vulnerable patient populations. Outpatient prescription drugs, over the counter drugs (accompanied by a prescription), and clinic-administered drugs within eligible facilities are covered. In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals and enactments to reform health care and government insurance programs could significantly influence the manner in which pharmaceutical products and medical devices are prescribed and purchased. We expect there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for health care products and services. The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, relating to the health care industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may be enacted or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business remains uncertain. For example, H.R.987, the “Strengthening Health Care and Lowering Prescription Drug Costs Act,” which incorporated a bipartisan effort to address prescription drug pricing combined with broader provisions protecting the Affordable Care Act, was passed by the House of Representatives on May 16, 2019, but it is not expected to pass in the Senate. The bill does represent bipartisan consensus on the need to reform the drug pricing system. Such measures or other health care system reforms that are adopted could have a material adverse effect on our industry generally and our ability to successfully commercialize our products or could limit or eliminate our spending on development projects and affect our ultimate profitability. 26 We may need to change our business practices to comply with changes to fraud and abuse laws. We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Statute (the “Anti-Kickback Statute”), which apply to our sales and marketing practices and our relationships with physicians and other referral sources. At the federal level, the Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits any person or entity from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any remuneration, including a bribe, kickback, or rebate, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce the referral of patients for items or services covered by federal health care programs, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for products or services covered by federal health care programs. Federal health care programs have been defined to include plans and programs that provide health benefits funded by the federal government, including Medicare and Medicaid, among others. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the federal Anti-Kickback Statute’s intent requirement to mean that if even one purpose in an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals or otherwise generate business involving goods or services reimbursed in whole or in part under federal health care programs, the statute has been violated. The federal government has issued regulations, commonly known as safe harbors that set forth certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure parties that they will not be prosecuted under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement will be illegal or that prosecution under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute will be pursued, but such transactions or arrangements face an increased risk of scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and an ongoing risk of prosecution. If our sales and marketing practices or our relationships with physicians are considered by federal or state enforcement authorities to be knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or providing any remuneration in exchange for arranging for or recommending our products and services and such activities do not fit within a safe harbor, then these arrangements could be challenged under the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. If our operations are found to be in violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties including fines of up to $25 thousand per violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $50 thousand per violation, assessments of up to three times the amount of the prohibited remuneration, imprisonment and exclusion from participating in the federal health care programs. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute also may result in a finding of civil liability under the FFCA (as further discussed below) and the potential imposition of additional civil fines and monetary penalties that could be substantial. Falsely certifying compliance with the Anti-Kickback Statute in connection with a claim submitted to a federally funded insurance program is actionable under the FFCA. In addition, HIPAA and its implementing regulations created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters. The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statue is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services. A number of states also have anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that prohibit certain direct or indirect payments if such arrangements are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients or the furnishing of goods or services. Some states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply only to goods and services covered by Medicaid. Other states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply to all health care goods and services, regardless of whether the source of payment is governmental or private. Due to the breadth of these laws and the potential for changes in laws, regulations, or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change our business practices or our existing business practices could be challenged as unlawful, which could materially adversely affect our business. Certain federal and state governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, have been investigating issues surrounding pricing information reported by drug manufacturers and used in the calculation of reimbursements as well as sales and marketing practices. For example, many government and third-party payors, historically including Medicare and Medicaid, reimburse doctors and others for the purchase of certain pharmaceutical products based on the product’s average wholesale price (“AWP”) reported by pharmaceutical companies, although the Company has not used the term AWP since 2000. Medicare currently uses average sales price (“ASP”) and wholesale acquisition cost (“WAC”) when ASP data is unavailable. The federal government, certain state agencies and private payors are investigating and have begun to file court actions related to pharmaceutical companies’ reporting practices with respect to AWP, alleging that the practice of reporting prices for pharmaceutical products has resulted in a false and overstated AWP, which in turn is alleged to have improperly inflated the reimbursement paid by Medicare beneficiaries, insurers, state Medicaid programs, medical plans and others to health care providers who prescribed and administered those products. In addition, some of these same payors are also alleging that companies are not reporting their “best price” to the states under the Medicaid program. 27 Furthermore, under the FDCA, it is illegal for pharmaceutical companies to promote their products for uses that are not approved by the FDA, and companies that market drugs for so-called “off-label” indications may be subject to civil liability under the FFCA (as further discussed below), as well as to criminal penalties. Over the past decade, numerous lawsuits have been filed against pharmaceutical companies challenging their off-label promotional activities, and pharmaceutical companies, in the aggregate, have paid billions of dollars to defend and settle these cases. We may become subject to federal and state false claims litigation brought by private individuals and the government. We are subject to state and federal laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement. The FFCA imposes civil liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit, or cause to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the FFCA and other similar laws may result in criminal fines, imprisonment and substantial civil penalties for each false claim submitted (including civil penalties presently in excess of $22 thousand per claim, plus treble damages, plus liability for attorney’s fees) and exclusion from federally funded health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. The FFCA also allows private individuals to bring a suit on behalf of the government against an individual or entity for violations of the FFCA. These suits, also known as Qui Tam or whistleblower actions, may be brought by, with only a few exceptions, any private citizen who has material information of a false claim that has not yet been previously disclosed. These suits have increased significantly in recent years because the FFCA allows an individual to share in the amounts paid to the federal government in fines or settlement as a result of a successful Qui Tam action, in addition to the recovery of legal fees in bringing such an action. If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal health care programs and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Recently, the Department of Justice has begun to use the 1961 federal Travel Act as a tool to pursue criminal charges in the case of health care kickback and commercial bribery allegations. This law was enacted as part of the Kennedy administration’s war on organized crime. It formed the basis for a federal enforcement action against a Texas physician-owned specialty hospital and a number of surgeons and administrators, who were convicted of conspiring to pay or receive bribes in exchange for referrals of patients in violation of a state commercial bribery law. Importantly, this case was not limited to claims covered under federal programs, and the failure of the state to bring charges under its own statute did not prevent the federal case from proceeding. The Travel Act may be used by the Justice Department as a way to expand its reach to penalize kickbacks and similar arrangements even when the Anti-Kickback Statute and FFCA would not apply. These efforts could increase our vulnerability to litigation and penalties if our past or present operations are found to be in violation of applicable law. Sales of our products may continue to be adversely affected by the continuing consolidation of our distribution network and the concentration of our customer base. Our principal customers are wholesale drug distributors, major retail drug store chains and mail order pharmacies. These customers comprise a significant part of the distribution network for pharmaceutical products in the U.S. This distribution network has undergone significant consolidation marked by mergers and acquisitions among wholesale distributors and the growth of large retail drug store chains. As a result, a small number of large wholesale distributors control a significant share of the market and the number of independent drug stores and small drug store chains has decreased. We expect that consolidation of drug wholesalers and retailers will increase pricing and other competitive pressures on drug manufacturers, including Lannett. Our net sales may also be affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns of retail chains, mail order distributors, wholesalers and other trade buyers, whether resulting from pricing, wholesaler buying decisions or other factors. Our three largest customers accounted for 21%, 18% and 12%, respectively, of our total net sales for Fiscal 2019 and 29%, 17% and 6%, respectively, of our total net sales for Fiscal 2018. The loss of any of these customers, any financial difficulties experienced by any of these customers or any delay in receiving payments from such customers could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our cash flows. In addition, the Company generally does not enter into long-term supply agreements with its customers that would require them to purchase our products. A relatively small group of products may represent a significant portion of our revenues, gross profit, or net earnings from time to time. Sales of a limited number of our products from time to time represent a significant portion of our revenues, gross profit and net earnings. For Fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017, our top five products in terms of sales, in the aggregate, represented approximately 52%, 28 58% and 53%, respectively, of our total net sales. If the volume or pricing of our largest selling products decline in the future, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or share price could be materially adversely affected. See Item 1. Description of Business for more information on our top products. We are increasingly dependent on information technology and our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cybersecurity and data leakage risks. Significant disruptions to our information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business. We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information (including trade secrets or other intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information) and it is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We could be susceptible to third-party attacks on our information technology systems, which attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise, including state and quasi-state actors, criminal groups, “hackers” and others. Maintaining the security, confidentiality and integrity of this confidential information (including trade secrets or other intellectual property, proprietary, business information and personal information) is important to our competitive business position. There can be no assurance that we can prevent service interruptions or security breaches in our systems or the unauthorized or inadvertent wrongful use or disclosure of confidential information that could adversely affect our business operations or result in the loss, misappropriation and/or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, confidential information. A breach of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure, unapproved dissemination, misappropriation or misuse of trade secrets, proprietary information, or other confidential information, whether as a result of theft, hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, or for any other cause, could enable others to produce competing products, use our proprietary technology or information and/or adversely affect our business position. Further, any such interruption, security breach, or loss, misappropriation and/or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of confidential information could result in financial, legal, business and reputational harm to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involves the risk of product liability claims by consumers and other third parties and insurance against such potential claims is expensive and may be difficult to obtain. The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and the associated adverse publicity. Insurance coverage is expensive and may be difficult to obtain and may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. Although we currently maintain product liability insurance for our products in amounts we believe to be commercially reasonable, if the coverage limits of these insurance policies are not adequate, a claim brought against Lannett, whether covered by insurance or not, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Rising insurance costs, as well as the inability to obtain certain insurance coverage for risks faced by us, could negatively impact profitability. The cost of insurance, including workers compensation, product liability and general liability insurance, has risen in recent years and may increase in the future. In response, we may increase deductibles and/or decrease certain coverage to mitigate these costs. These increases and our increased risk due to increased deductibles and reduced coverage, could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, certain insurance coverage may not be available to us for risks faced by us. Sometimes the coverage we obtain for certain risks may not be adequate to fully reimburse the amount of damage that we could possibly sustain. Should either of these events occur, the lack of insurance to cover our entire cost would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Federal regulation of arrangements between manufacturers of brand and generic products could adversely affect our business. As part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, companies are now required to file with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice certain types of agreements entered into between brand and generic pharmaceutical companies related to the manufacture, marketing and sale of generic versions of brand drugs. This new requirement could affect the manner in which generic drug manufacturers resolve intellectual property litigation and other disputes with brand pharmaceutical companies and could result generally in an increase in private-party litigation against pharmaceutical companies or additional investigations or proceedings by the FTC or other governmental authorities. The impact of this new requirement and the potential private-party lawsuits associated with arrangements between brand-name and generic drug manufacturers is uncertain and could adversely affect our business. 29 We expend a significant amount of resources on research and development efforts that may not lead to successful product introductions. We conduct R&D primarily to enable us to gain approval for, manufacture, and market pharmaceuticals in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. We also partner with third parties to develop products. We cannot be certain that any investment made in developing products will be recovered, even if we are successful in commercialization. To the extent that we expend significant resources on R&D efforts and are not able, ultimately, to introduce successful new and/or complex products as a result of those efforts, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or the price of our common stock. Investigations of the calculation of average wholesale prices may adversely affect our business. Many government and third-party payers, including Medicare, Medicaid, Health Maintenance Organization and Managed Care Organization, have historically reimbursed doctors, pharmacies and others for the purchase of certain prescription drugs based on a drug’s AWP or WAC. In the past several years, state and federal government agencies have conducted ongoing investigations of manufacturers’ reporting practices with respect to AWP and WAC, in which they have suggested that reporting of inflated AWP’s or WAC’s has led to excessive payments for prescription drugs. For a description of current and federal and state investigations and claims by private parties, see Note 11 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies.” Additional actions are possible. These actions, if successful, could adversely affect us and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. The market price of our common stock has been volatile and may continue to be volatile in the future, and the value of any investment in our common stock could decline significantly. The market price for our shares of common stock listed on the NYSE has fluctuated significantly from time to time, for example, varying between an intra-day high of $14.55 to an intra-day low of $3.33 during Fiscal 2019. Material amounts of short-selling of our common stock over the past few years has also increased the volatility of the market price for our common stock. The market price of our common stock is likely to continue to be volatile and subject to significant price and volume fluctuations in response to market, industry and other factors, including the risks described in this section. Further, the stock market for pharmaceutical companies has recently experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In particular, recent negative publicity regarding pricing and price increases by pharmaceutical companies has negatively impacted, and may continue to negatively impact, the market for pharmaceutical companies. These broad market and industry factors have negatively impacted, and in the future may seriously negatively impact, the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Our stock market price may also be dependent upon the valuations and recommendations of the analysts who cover our business. If our results do not meet these analysts’ forecasts, the expectations of our investors or the financial guidance we provide to investors in any period, the market price of our common stock could decline. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market or significant price decline, securities class-action litigation has often been instituted against companies and we have been subject to one such suit, as further described in Note 11 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies.” Such suits could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The recent enactment of State laws affecting the pricing of our products could have the effect of reducing our profitability. Since 2016, several state legislatures have enacted laws regulating the pricing of various types of pharmaceutical products, including generic pharmaceutical products. These laws vary in applicability and scope, and generally require manufacturers to notify various state agencies of price increases over a given threshold for a given period of time and to include a justification for any price increases. At least one state law (subsequently struck by the court) authorized the state attorney general to seek civil penalties and disgorgement in the event a price increase is deemed unconscionable. To the extent these laws apply to our products, they could limit the prices which the company may charge for its products and reduce the company’s profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Other manufacturers and distributors of pain management products have had complaints filed against and investigations commenced on them, and if similar actions are taken against us, it could reduce our revenue and future profitability. During the past few years, a number of complaints have been filed with respect to sales and distribution of various types of pain management medications against various pharmaceutical companies (not including Lannett), by a number of cities, counties and states across the country alleging among other things that such companies failed to develop and implement systems sufficient to identify suspicious orders of such products and prevent the diversion of such products to individuals who used them for other than legitimate medical purposes. The complaints generally contend that the defendants allegedly engaged in improper marketing of pain 30 management products, and seek a variety of remedies, including restitution, civil penalties, disgorgement of profits, treble damages, attorneys’ fees and injunctive relief. In addition, a number of State Attorneys General, including a coordinated multistate effort, have initiated investigations into sales and marketing practices of various pharmaceutical companies (not including Lannett) with respect to such pain management products. If any similar investigations or claims are commenced against us, it could result in reputational harm and reduced market acceptance and demand for our products, could harm our ability to market our products in the future, could cause us to incur significant expense, could cause our senior management to be distracted from execution of our business strategy, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Guidelines and recommendations published by various organizations can reduce the use of our pain management products. Government agencies promulgate regulations and guidelines directly applicable to us and to our products. In addition, professional societies, practice management groups, private health and science foundations and organizations from time to time may also publish guidelines or recommendations to the healthcare and patient communities. Recommendations of government agencies or these other groups or organizations may relate to such matters as usage, dosage, route of administration and use of concomitant therapies. For example, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has issued guidelines about the use of pain management products for chronic pain, the FDA has issued an Opioid Action Plan and in 2017 President Trump signed an executive order establishing the President’s Commission on Combatting Drug Addiction. Additionally, the FDA has required all opioid products, including immediate release drugs, to join a shared REMS program that educates healthcare providers to reduce serious adverse outcomes resulting from inappropriate prescribing, misuse, and abuse of opioid analgesics while maintaining patient access to pain medications. REMS participation has added significant costs to the Company. Recommendations or guidelines suggesting the reduced use of our products or the use of competitive or alternative products as the standard of care to be followed by patients and healthcare providers could result in decreased use of our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Acquisitions could result in operating difficulties, dilution and other harmful consequences that may adversely impact our business and results of operations. Acquisitions are an important element of our overall corporate strategy and use of capital. These transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations. We also expect to continue to evaluate and enter into discussions regarding a wide array of potential strategic transactions. We may compete for certain acquisition targets with companies having greater financial resources than us or other advantages over us that may hinder or prevent us from acquiring a target company or completing another transaction, which could also result in significant diversion of management time, as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs. The process of integrating an acquired company, business, or technology may create unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. The areas where we may face risks include but are not limited to (i) diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges, (ii) implementation or remediation of controls, procedures and policies at the acquired company, (iii) integration of the acquired company’s accounting, human resource and other administrative systems and coordination of product, engineering and sales and marketing functions, (iv) transition of operations, users and customers onto our existing platforms, (v) failure to obtain required approvals from governmental authorities under competition and antitrust laws on a timely basis, if at all, which could, among other things, delay or prevent us from completing a transaction, or otherwise restrict our ability to realize the expected financial or strategic goals of an acquisition, (vi) cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization and retention of employees from the businesses we acquire and (vii) liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, claims from current and former employees and customers and other known and unknown liabilities. Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions, incur unanticipated liabilities and harm our business generally. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, or amortization expenses, or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Also, the anticipated benefit of many of our acquisitions may not materialize. The phase out of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), or the replacement of LIBOR with a different reference rate, may adversely affect interest rates. On July 27, 2017, the Financial Conduct Authority (the authority that regulates LIBOR) announced that it would phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021, or if alternative rates or benchmarks will be adopted. Changes in the method of calculating LIBOR, or the replacement of LIBOR with an alternative rate or benchmark, may adversely affect interest rates and result in higher borrowing costs. This could materially and adversely affect the Company’s results of operations, cash flows and liquidity. We cannot predict the effect of the potential changes to LIBOR or the establishment and use of alternative rates or benchmarks. 31 ITEM 2.DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTYLannett owns several facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Certain administrative functions, manufacturing and research and development facilities are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road, Philadelphia, PA. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company ceased manufacturing functions at its 9000 State Road facility. A second, 63,000 square foot facility is located within one mile of the State Road facility at 9001 Torresdale Avenue, Philadelphia, PA and contains our analytical research and development and quality control laboratories. The facility has capacity for additional manufacturing, packaging or laboratory space, if needed. We also own a building at 13200 Townsend Road in Philadelphia, PA consisting of 66,000 square feet on 7.3 acres of land, which is currently under contract and expected to be sold in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020. The manufacturing facility of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Cody Labs, consists of a 73,000 square foot structure located on approximately 15.0 acres in Cody, Wyoming. In June 2019, the Company decided to cease operations at Cody Labs and sell the facility along with other equipment as part of the Cody API Restructuring Plan as more fully described in Note 3. “Restructuring Charges.” The Company has a 110,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Carmel, New York, which sits on 25.8 acres of land. The facility specializes in liquid products and currently houses manufacturing, packaging, quality and research and development and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed. The Company’s 432,000 square foot Seymour, Indiana facility contains approximately 107,000 square feet of manufacturing space as well as a leased 116,000 square foot temperature/humidity-controlled storage warehouse. The Seymour facility has had satisfactory inspections conducted by the FDA and EMA and similar regulatory authorities of Japan, Taiwan, Brazil, China, Korea and Turkey. As of June 30, 2019, the facility has a production capacity of approximately 4.0 billion doses. ITEM 3.LEGAL PROCEEDINGSInformation pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in Note 11 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies” under Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule and is incorporated by reference herein. ITEM 4.MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESNot applicable 32 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Market Information The Company’s common stock trades on the NYSE. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the intraday high and intraday low sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock during Fiscal 2019 and 2018, as quoted by the NYSE. Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 High Low First quarter ........................................................................................................... $14.55 $4.60 Second quarter ...................................................................................................... $6.48 $3.33 Third quarter ......................................................................................................... $10.45 $4.80 Fourth quarter........................................................................................................ $9.39 $5.16 Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2018 High Low First quarter ........................................................................................................... $23.75 $14.90 Second quarter ...................................................................................................... $30.35 $18.40 Third quarter ......................................................................................................... $25.40 $14.40 Fourth quarter........................................................................................................ $17.58 $12.70 Holders As of June 30, 2019, there were 1,176 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. Dividends The Company did not pay cash dividends in Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 or Fiscal 2017. The Company intends to use available funds for working capital, to pay down outstanding debt, plant and equipment additions, various product extension ventures and merger and acquisition or other growth opportunities. In addition, the Company is subject to certain restrictions on dividends under its Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Company does not expect to pay, nor should stockholders expect to receive, cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s share repurchase activity. ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Period (In thousands) (a) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased* (b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit) (c) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (d) Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs April 1 to April 30, 2019 ............................................ 2,174 $7.75 — $ — May 1 to May 31, 2019 .............................................. 3,299 7.60 — — June 1 to June 30, 2019 .............................................. 3,248 5.77 — — Total ........................................................................ 8,721 6.96 — — *Shares were repurchased to settle employee tax withholding obligations pursuant to equity award programs. 33 Stock Performance Chart The following graph presents a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s stock with the cumulative total return of various indexes for the period of five fiscal years commencing July 1, 2014 and ending June 30, 2019. The graph assumes that $100 was invested on July 1, 2014 in each of the various indexes. ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following financial information as of and for the five years ended June 30, 2019, has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere herein. Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries Financial Highlights (In thousands, except per share data) As of and for the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 2018 2017 2016 2015 Operating Highlights Net sales ................................................................ $655,407 $ 684,563 $ 637,341 $566,091 $ 406,837 Settlement agreement ............................................ $— $ — $ (4,000) $(23,598) $ — Total net sales ........................................................ $655,407 $ 684,563 $ 633,341 $542,493 $ 406,837 Gross profit ............................................................ $243,610 $ 288,706 $ 301,213 $286,493 $ 306,356 Operating income (loss) ........................................ $(262,321) $ 129,696 $ 86,446 $130,758 $ 226,487 Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. ................................................... $(272,107) $ 28,690 $ (581) $44,782 $ 149,919 Basic earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. ............... $(7.20) $ 0.77 $ (0.02) $1.23 $ 4.18 Diluted earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. ............... $(7.20) $ 0.75 $ (0.02) $1.20 $ 4.04 Balance Sheet Highlights Total Assets ........................................................... $1,187,413 $ 1,575,304 $ 1,603,312 $1,764,018 $ 508,766 Total Debt, net ....................................................... $729,048 $ 839,270 $ 903,647 $1,061,848 $ 1,009 Long-Term Debt, net ............................................. $662,203 $ 772,425 $ 843,530 $883,612 $ 874 Total Stockholders’ Equity .................................... $334,041 $ 598,915 $ 561,122 $554,457 $ 463,766 On November 25, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of KUPI. The Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2016 and thereafter includes the impact of KUPI from that date. $0$50$100$150$200201420152016201720182019COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNLannett Company, Inc.NYSE Composite IndexMorningstar Drug Manufacturers -Specialty & Generic34 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis describes significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations, as well as liquidity and capital resources of the Company. Additionally, it addresses accounting policies that management has deemed are “critical accounting policies.” This discussion and analysis is intended as a supplement to and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and other sections of this Form 10-K. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements. You should refer to the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” set forth in Part I of this Annual Report. We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the applicable fiscal year ended June 30. Company Overview Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “Lannett”, “we” or “us”) primarily develop, manufacture, package, market and distribute solid oral and extended release (tablets and capsules), topical, liquids, nasal and oral solution finished dosage forms of drugs, generic forms of both small molecule and biologic medications, that address a wide range of therapeutic areas. Certain of these products are manufactured by others and distributed by the Company. Additionally, the Company is pursuing partnerships, research contracts and internal expansion for the development and production of other dosage forms including: ophthalmic, nasal, patch, foam, buccal, sublingual, suspensions, soft gel, injectable and oral dosages. The Company operates pharmaceutical manufacturing plants in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Carmel, New York and Seymour, Indiana. The Company’s customers include generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug stores, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations. JSP Distribution Agreement On March 23, 2004, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP (the “JSP Distribution Agreement”) for the exclusive distribution rights in the United States to four different JSP products. On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend the JSP Distribution Agreement to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP. The amendment to the JSP Distribution Agreement extended the term of the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years through March 23, 2019. Net sales of JSP products totaled $202.5 million in Fiscal 2019, $253.1 million in Fiscal 2018 and $187.0 million in Fiscal 2017. Of that amount, Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP net sales totaled $197.5 million, $245.9 million and $174.0 million, with gross margins of approximately 60%, in Fiscal 2019 and 2018, and 65% in Fiscal 2017. In August 2018, JSP notified the Company that it would not extend or renew the JSP Distribution Agreement. The Company determined that JSP’s decision represented a triggering event under U.S. GAAP to perform an analysis to determine the potential for impairment of goodwill. In October 2018, the Company completed the analysis based on market data and concluded that it would record a full impairment of goodwill totaling $339.6 million in Fiscal 2019. On March 23, 2019, the JSP Distribution Agreement expired and was not renewed or extended. Because products covered by the JSP Distribution Agreement generated a significant portion of our revenues and gross profits, JSP’s decision not to renew or extend its distribution agreement with us have and will materially adversely affect our future operating results and cash flows. When announced on August 20, 2018, this resulted in a significant decline in the Company’s market capitalization. As noted above, JSP’s decision not to renew or extend its distribution agreement with us will materially adversely affect our future operating results, liquidity and cash flows, which could impact our ability to comply with the financial and other covenants in our Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility. On December 10, 2018, the Company entered into an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Credit and Guaranty Agreement. Pursuant to the amendment, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio applicable to the financial leverage ratio covenant was increased from 3.25:1.00 to 4.25:1.00 as of December 31, 2019 and prior to September 30, 2020, and then to 4.00:1:00 as of September 30, 2020. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility is also subject to a minimum liquidity covenant, which provides that the Company shall not permit its liquidity as of the last day of any fiscal quarter to be less than $75.0 35 million. As of June 30, 2019, the Company was in compliance with its financial covenants. As of June 30, 2019, cash and cash equivalents totaled $140.2 million in addition to availability under our undrawn Revolver totaling $125.0 million. Based on its projections for the next 12 months, the Company expects to have sufficient liquidity and cashflows to meet its operating and debt service requirements for at least the next 12 months from the issuance of the June 30, 2019 consolidated financial statements. The Company also expects to be in compliance with its financial covenants during the same period. Although management cannot predict with certainty the precise impact its plans will have on offsetting the loss of the JSP Distribution Agreement, management is continuing to execute on plans to offset the impact of the loss on a short- and long-term basis. These plans currently include, among other things, an emphasis on reducing cost of sales, R&D and SG&A expenses; continuing to accelerate new product launches; increasing the level of strategic partnerships; and reducing capital expenditures. To that end, the Company has already launched 25 new products since January 2018, which are expected to generate annualized net sales of approximately $100 million, and plans to maintain this pace going forward. The Company has also signed several distribution and in-licensing agreements during this fiscal year that will provide immediate contribution margins in the near future. Additionally, the Company continues to supplement existing in-process cost reduction plans with additional cost savings initiatives, which are expected to generate annualized cost savings of approximately $66.0 million by the end of Fiscal 2020 when compared to the Fiscal 2018 expenses, of which approximately half will be reinvested into other business growth opportunities. Management will also continue its emphasis on accelerating ANDA filings, as evidenced by the nine ANDAs filed with the FDA in Fiscal 2019. Management also plans to attempt, at the appropriate time, to refinance a significant portion of its outstanding long-term debt to reduce principal repayment requirements and establish more flexibility around financial covenants. These actions may increase related interest expense, but will positively impact short-term cash flows. Cody Restructuring Plan On June 29, 2018, the Company announced a restructuring plan related to the future of its wholly-owned subsidiary Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs”) and the Company’s operations (the “Cody Restructuring Plan”). The plan focuses on a more select set of opportunities which will result in streamlined operations, improved efficiencies and a reduced cost structure. The Company incurred approximately $2.5 million of severance and employee-related costs under this plan. Cody API Restructuring Plan On June 11, 2019, the Company approved an additional restructuring plan (the “Cody API Restructuring Plan”) with respect to Cody Labs. In September 2018, the Company approved a plan to sell the active pharmaceutical ingredient manufacturing distribution business of Cody Labs (the “Cody API business”). The Company was unable to sell the Cody API business as an ongoing operation. The Company intends to sell the real estate utilized by the Cody API business upon receiving approval of the Company’s cocaine hydrochloride solution Section 505(b)(2) NDA application and to have Cody Labs cease all operations. In connection with the Cody API Restructuring Plan, there has been a reduction of almost 70 positions at Cody Labs. The Company expects that the actions contemplated under the Cody API Restructuring Plan will be substantially completed by September 30, 2019. In July 2019, the Company completed the sale of the equipment associated with the Cody API business for approximately $3.0 million. The Company currently estimates that it will incur approximately $6.0 million of total costs to implement the Cody API Restructuring Plan, including approximately $3.5 million of severance and employee-related costs and approximately $2.0 million of contract termination costs, as well as approximately $0.5 million of costs to be incurred in connection with moving equipment and other property to other Company-owned facilities that were originally anticipated to be incurred in connection with the Cody Restructuring Plan announced in June 2018, but that have not yet been incurred thereunder. 2016 Restructuring Plan On February 1, 2016, in connection with the acquisition of KUPI, the Company announced a plan related to the future integration of KUPI and the Company’s operations (the “2016 Restructuring Program”). The plan focused on the closure of KUPI’s corporate functions and the consolidation of manufacturing, sales, research and development and distribution functions. The restructuring activities under the 2016 Restructuring Program were completed as of March 31, 2019. The Company incurred an aggregate of approximately $21.0 million in restructuring charges for actions that have been announced or communicated since the 2016 Restructuring Program began. Of this amount, approximately $11.0 million related to employee separation costs, approximately $1.0 million related to contract termination costs and approximately $9.0 million related to facility closures costs and other actions. 36 In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company ceased manufacturing functions at its State Road facility in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Company discontinued distribution from its Townsend Road facility in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania as of January 31, 2019. The Company has entered into an agreement to sell its Townsend Road facility and expects to finalize the sale in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020. Financial Summary For Fiscal 2019, net sales decreased to $655.4 million compared to $684.6 million in the same prior-year period. Gross profit decreased $45.1 million to $243.6 million compared to the prior-year period and gross profit percentage decreased to 37% compared to 42% in Fiscal 2018. R&D expenses increased 33% to $38.8 million compared to the prior-year period while SG&A expenses increased 7% to $87.6 million. Restructuring expenses decreased 42% to $4.1 million compared to the prior-year period. Operating loss for Fiscal 2019, which included a $375.4 million assets impairment charge, was $262.3 million compared to operating income of $129.7 million in the prior-year period, which included a $15.5 million loss on sale of an intangible asset and a $25.0 million assets impairment charge. Net loss for Fiscal 2019 was $272.1 million, or $7.20 per diluted share. Comparatively, net income in the prior-year period was $28.7 million, or $0.75 per diluted share. A more detailed discussion of the Company’s financial results can be found below. Results of Operations — Fiscal 2019 compared to Fiscal 2018 Net sales decreased 4% to $655.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. The following table identifies the Company’s net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018: (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, Medical Indication 2019 2018 Antibiotic ................................................................................................................................... $15,391 $ 14,509 Anti-Psychosis ........................................................................................................................... 73,453 59,557 Cardiovascular ........................................................................................................................... 101,467 64,011 Central Nervous System ............................................................................................................ 34,170 31,789 Gallstone .................................................................................................................................... 9,604 20,280 Gastrointestinal .......................................................................................................................... 48,566 60,294 Glaucoma ................................................................................................................................... 3,021 6,540 Migraine .................................................................................................................................... 41,592 54,015 Muscle Relaxant ........................................................................................................................ 12,344 13,496 Pain Management ...................................................................................................................... 28,210 23,036 Respiratory ................................................................................................................................ 3,418 7,891 Thyroid Deficiency ................................................................................................................... 197,522 245,929 Urinary ....................................................................................................................................... 6,783 8,661 Other .......................................................................................................................................... 56,507 54,720 Contract manufacturing revenue ............................................................................................... 23,359 19,835 Net sales ................................................................................................................................ $655,407 $ 684,563 The decrease in net sales was driven by decreased average selling price of products of $80.2 million, partially offset by increased volumes of $51.0 million. Average selling prices were negatively impacted by product mix, changes within distribution channels and competitive pricing pressures. Volumes were favorably impacted due to product launches during Fiscal 2019 and increased market share in several key products, partially offset by lower volumes of Levothyroxine due to the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement in March 2019. In January 2017, a provision in the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 required drug manufacturers to pay additional rebates to state Medicaid programs if the prices of their generic drugs rise at a rate faster than inflation. The provision negatively impacted the Company’s net sales by $30.8 million and $31.0 million in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, which contributed to the overall decreased average selling price. 37 The following chart details price and volume changes by medical indication between Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018: Medical indication Sales volumechange % Sales price change % Antibiotic .......................................................................................................................... 8% (2)% Anti-Psychosis .................................................................................................................. 48% (25)% Cardiovascular .................................................................................................................. 50% 9% Central Nervous System ................................................................................................... 5% 2% Gallstone ........................................................................................................................... 2% (55)% Gastrointestinal ................................................................................................................. (13)% (6)% Glaucoma .......................................................................................................................... (43)% (11)% Migraine ........................................................................................................................... (13)% (10)% Muscle Relaxant ............................................................................................................... 4% (13)% Pain Management ............................................................................................................. 52% (30)% Respiratory ....................................................................................................................... (55)% (2)% Thyroid Deficiency ........................................................................................................... (10)% (10)% Urinary .............................................................................................................................. (30)% 8% The Company sells its products to customers through various distribution channels. The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each distribution channel for the fiscal year ended June 30: (In thousands) Customer Distribution Channel June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Wholesaler/Distributor ................................................................................................................. $529,717 $504,030 Retail Chain .................................................................................................................................. 80,944 117,331 Mail-Order Pharmacy ................................................................................................................... 21,387 43,367 Contract manufacturing revenue .................................................................................................. 23,359 19,835 Total net sales ........................................................................................................................... $655,407 $684,563 Net sales to wholesalers/distributors increased primarily due to the transition services agreement with Amneal, which shifted all sales of Levothyroxine in the third quarter of Fiscal 2019 from other distribution channels into a single distributor. Net sales to retail chains decreased significantly as a result of additional sales in the year ended June 30, 2018 to a customer that was unable to obtain supply from a competitor due to a temporary disruption in the competitor’s supply chain. Central Nervous System. Methylphenidate Hydrochloride Extended Release Tablets (“Methylphenidate ER”) The Company markets one form of the product which is designated “BX.” Per a teleconference in November 2014, the FDA informed KUPI that it was changing the therapeutic equivalence rating of its Methylphenidate ER product from “AB” (therapeutically equivalent) to “BX.” A BX-rated drug is a product for which data is insufficient to determine therapeutic equivalence; it is still approved and can be prescribed, but the FDA does not recommend it as automatically substitutable for the brand-name drug at the pharmacy. The Company has been working with the FDA to regain the “AB” rating, and in the meantime, maintain the drug on the U.S. market with a BX rating. However, there can be no assurance as to when or if the Company will regain the “AB” rating or be permitted to remain on the market. The Company agreed to potential acquisition-related contingent payments to UCB related to Methylphenidate ER if the FDA reinstates the AB-rating and certain sales thresholds are met. Such potential contingent payments are set to expire after December 31, 2020. In August 2018, the Company entered into an exclusive perpetual licensing agreement with Andor Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Andor”) for Methylphenidate ER tablets USP (CII) in 18 mg, 27 mg, 36 mg and 54 mg strengths. Andor’s ANDA of Methylphenidate included all bioequivalence metrics recommended by the FDA and is an AB-rated generic equivalent to the brand Concerta®. In April 2019, Andor received approval from the FDA of its Methylphenidate ER tablets USP (CII) ANDA. The Company commenced the launch of the product in 18mg, 27mg, 36mg and 54mg strengths in May 2019. Under the licensing agreement with Andor, Lannett will primarily provide sales, marketing and distribution support of Andor’s Methylphenidate ER product, for which it will receive a percentage of the net profits. 38 Pain Management. Cocaine Hydrochloride Solution In December 2017, a competitor received approval from the FDA to market and sell a cocaine hydrochloride solution product. This approval affects the Company’s right to market and sell its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product. According to FDA guidance, the FDA allowed the Company to continue marketing its unapproved product for a period of time following approval of the competitor’s product. Upon the recent request of the FDA to cease manufacturing and distributing our unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product as a result of an approved product on the market, the Company committed to not manufacture or distribute cocaine hydrochloride 10% solution, which has not been sold during Fiscal 2019, as of April 15, 2019. The Company has also agreed to cease manufacturing its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride 4% solution on June 15, 2019 and cease distributing the product on August 15, 2019. The Company does not believe the discontinuation will have a material impact on our future expected results of operations as we had anticipated the withdrawal of this product. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s net sales of the unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product were $13.6 million, $18.9 million and $21.5 million, respectively. Meanwhile, the FDA continues to review the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) NDA application, and in July 2018 issued a Complete Response Letter (“CRL”) which required an additional study and other information. In June 2019, the Company submitted a response to the Complete Response Letter and received a new Prescription Drug User Fee Act (“PDUFA”) date of December 21, 2019. The Company cannot say for certain when or if the application will be approved. The competitor filed a Citizen Petition with the FDA in February 2019, claiming that the grant of the NCE exclusivity blocks the approval of the Company’s application for five years and requesting that the FDA refuse to accept any further submissions in furtherance of the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) NDA application, treat as withdrawn any submissions made by the Company after December 2017 and withdraw the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) application. On April 24, 2019, the Company filed an opposition to the Citizen Petition requesting that it be denied. On July 3, 2019, the FDA denied the competitor’s citizen petition. Gastrointestinal. Polyethylene Glycol (PEG)3350 (“Glycolax”) On April 2, 2018, the FDA issued a Federal Register notice (Docket No. FDA-2008-N-0549) indicating that it was affirming a preliminary summary judgment decision that the FDA issued in 2014, denying a hearing, and withdrawing all ANDAs for prescription PEG 3350 products, including the Company’s Glycolax product. The FDA’s decision is based on the FDA finding that there are no meaningful differences between Rx PEG 3350 products and OTC PEG 3350 products and, therefore, that the Rx products are misbranded. The FDA ordered the Company’s ANDA withdrawn effective May 2, 2018, after which the Company would no longer be permitted to market or sell its Glycolax product. The Company disputes the FDA’s finding that there are no meaningful differences and disputes that summary judgment was appropriate in light of the factual issues raised by the ANDA holders. On April 9, 2018, the Company, along with three other PEG 3350 ANDA holders, filed a request for a stay of the FDA order pending appeal of the decision to the District of Columbia Circuit Court of Appeals. On April 16, 2018, the FDA granted a stay of its order withdrawing the Company’s ANDA through November 2, 2018, after which the Company will no longer be permitted to market or sell its Glycolax product. The Company filed an appeal of the FDA withdrawal order to the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. In July 2018, the Company filed a brief in support of the appeal. All briefing was completed by September 15, 2018 and an argument hearing was held on October 12, 2018. In October 2018, the Appeals Court issued a ruling affirming the FDA’s withdrawal of the ANDA and on November 2, 2018, the ANDA was withdrawn and the Company ceased marketing the product. The Company continues to market its OTC PEG 3350 products. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s net sales of Rx PEG 3350 were $7.1 million, $17.6 million and $17.7 million, respectively, although gross profit percentages for this product were in the single-digits in each of these periods. Thalomid® The Company filed with the FDA an ANDA No. 206601, along with a paragraph IV certification, alleging that the fifteen patents associated with the Thalomid drug product are invalid, unenforceable and/or not infringed. On January 30, 2015, Celgene Corporation and Children’s Medical Center Corporation filed a patent infringement lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that the Company’s filing of ANDA No. 206601 constitutes an act of patent infringement and seeking a declaration that the patents at issue are valid and infringed. A settlement agreement was reached and the Court dismissed the lawsuit in October 2017. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company entered into a license agreement that permits Lannett to manufacture and market in the U.S. its generic thalidomide product as of August 1, 2019 or earlier under certain circumstances. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company received a Major CRL related to issues at its API supplier. The Company filed a response to the CRL. The Company received a second Major CRL in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020 related to continued issues at the API supplier, as well as issues with the REMS program hosted by Celgene. The Company is working on addressing the FDA comments and expects its product launch to be delayed until fiscal year 2021. 39 Cost of Sales, including amortization of intangibles. Cost of sales, including amortization of intangibles, for Fiscal 2019 increased 4% to $411.8 million from $395.9 million in the same prior-year period. The increase was primarily attributable to increased product royalties, and to a lesser extent, higher volumes of products sold, offset by manufacturing efficiencies as a result of cost reduction initiatives as well as product mix. Product royalties expense included in cost of sales totaled $43.6 million for Fiscal 2019 and $29.7 million for Fiscal 2018. Amortization expense included in cost of sales totaled $32.2 million for Fiscal 2019 and $32.1 million for Fiscal 2018. Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2019 decreased 16% to $243.6 million or 37% of total net sales. In comparison, gross profit for Fiscal 2018 was $288.7 million or 42% of total net sales. The decrease in gross profit percentage was primarily a result of the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement as well as lower average selling prices of certain key products and increased product royalties related to distribution agreements. Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased 33% to $38.8 million in Fiscal 2019 from $29.2 million in Fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily due to lower R&D expense in Fiscal 2018 related to a cancelled order for pre-launch inventory purchased in Fiscal 2017, and to a lesser extent, higher incentive-based compensation in Fiscal 2019. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 7% to $87.6 million in Fiscal 2019 compared with $82.2 million in Fiscal 2018. The increase was primarily due to higher incentive-based compensation, depreciation related to software integration costs, and increased legal and financial advisory costs, partially offset by a reduction of selling and marketing expenses related to headcount reductions in product salesforce. The Company is focused on controlling operating expenses and has executed on its 2016 Restructuring Plan, Cody Restructuring Plan and Cody API Restructuring Plan as noted above; however, increases in personnel and other costs to facilitate enhancements in the Company’s infrastructure and expansion may impact operating expenses in future periods. Restructuring Expenses. Restructuring expenses decreased $3.0 million to $4.1 million for Fiscal 2019 compared with $7.1 million in Fiscal 2018 primarily due to lower facility closure costs associated with the completion of the 2016 Restructuring Program. See Note 3 “Restructuring Charges” for more information. Asset impairment charges. In the first quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company approved a plan to sell the Cody API business. As such, all assets and liabilities associated with the Cody API business are recorded in the assets and liabilities held for sale captions in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2019. As part of the held for sale classification, the Company recorded the assets of the Cody API business at fair value less costs to sell. The Company performed a fair value analysis which resulted in a $29.9 million impairment of the Cody long-lived assets in Fiscal 2019. In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company recorded an additional $2.9 million impairment of the Cody API assets. See Note 21 “Assets Held for Sale” for more information. On August 17, 2018, JSP notified the Company that it would not extend or renew the JSP Distribution Agreement when the current term expires on March 23, 2019. The Company determined that JSP’s decision represented a triggering event under U.S. GAAP to perform an analysis to determine the potential for impairment of goodwill. On October 4, 2018, the Company completed the analysis based on market data and concluded that it would record a full impairment of goodwill totaling $339.6 million during Fiscal 2019. See Note 9 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for more information. Other Income (Loss). Interest expense for the period ended June 30, 2019 totaled $84.6 million compared to $85.6 million for the period ended June 30, 2018. The weighted average interest rate for Fiscal 2019 and 2018 was 9.7% and 8.7%, respectively. Investment income totaled $3.2 million in Fiscal 2019 compared with $4.8 million in Fiscal 2018. Income Tax. The Company recorded income tax benefit in Fiscal 2019 of $74.1 million compared to income tax expense of $22.4 million in Fiscal 2018. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2019 was 21.4%, compared to 43.8% for Fiscal 2018. The effective tax rate for the period ended June 30, 2019 was lower compared to the same prior-year period primarily due to the application of 2017 Tax Reform in Fiscal 2018, which resulted in a revaluation of the Company’s net long term deferred tax assets. In addition, the federal statutory tax rate for the Fiscal 2019 was 21% compared to a blended federal statutory tax rate of 28% in the prior-year period. Net Income (Loss). For the period ended June 30, 2019, the Company reported net loss of $272.1 million, or $7.20 per diluted share. Comparatively, net income in the corresponding prior-year period was $28.7 million, or $0.75 per diluted share. 40 Results of Operations — Fiscal 2018 compared to Fiscal 2017 Total net sales increased to $684.6 million from $633.3 million in the prior-year period, which included a $4.0 million reduction for a settlement agreement adjustment. Net sales increased 7% to $684.6 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The following table identifies the Company’s net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2018 and 2017: (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, Medical Indication 2018 2017 Antibiotic ................................................................................................................................... $14,509 $ 16,748 Anti-Psychosis ........................................................................................................................... 59,557 58,625 Cardiovascular ........................................................................................................................... 64,011 50,628 Central Nervous System ............................................................................................................ 31,789 39,451 Gallstone .................................................................................................................................... 20,280 48,600 Gastrointestinal .......................................................................................................................... 60,294 71,887 Glaucoma ................................................................................................................................... 6,540 18,763 Migraine .................................................................................................................................... 54,015 29,014 Muscle Relaxant ........................................................................................................................ 13,496 13,636 Pain Management ...................................................................................................................... 23,036 26,135 Respiratory ................................................................................................................................ 7,891 10,516 Thyroid Deficiency ................................................................................................................... 245,929 174,005 Urinary ....................................................................................................................................... 8,661 14,695 Other .......................................................................................................................................... 54,720 47,196 Contract manufacturing revenue ............................................................................................... 19,835 17,442 Net sales ................................................................................................................................ 684,563 637,341 Settlement agreement ................................................................................................................ — (4,000)Total net sales ........................................................................................................................ $684,563 $ 633,341 The increase in net sales was driven by increased volumes of $109.5 million, partially offset by decreased average selling price of products in several key products of $62.2 million. Volumes were favorably impacted due to a temporary disruption of our competitor’s supplies in the Thyroid Deficiency and Migraine medical indications, additional sales in the Cardiovascular medical indication related to a distribution agreement entered into with Aralez in November 2017 as well as increased customer orders in June 2018, with an estimated impact of approximately $15.0 million, in advance of a mid-week holiday as well as a related maintenance shutdown of the Company’s Seymour, Indiana manufacturing facility in the first week of July 2018. On August 10, 2018, Aralez filed a Chapter 11 petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Southern District of New York and continues to operate its business in the normal course. The Company does not believe this will materially affect our distribution agreement with Aralez. Average selling prices were impacted by competitive pricing pressure across a number of products, product mix and changes within distribution channels. Although the Company has benefited in the past from favorable pricing trends, these trends have reversed. In January 2017, a provision in the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 required drug manufacturers to pay additional rebates to state Medicaid programs if the prices of their generic drugs rise at a rate faster than inflation. The provision negatively impacted the Company’s net sales by $31.0 million in Fiscal 2018 and $10.2 million in Fiscal 2017. 41 The following chart details price and volume changes by medical indication: Medical indication Sales volume change % Sales price change % Antibiotic .................................................................................................................. (2)% (11)% Anti-Psychosis .......................................................................................................... (2)% 4% Cardiovascular .......................................................................................................... 67% (41)% Central Nervous System ........................................................................................... (10)% (9)% Gallstone ................................................................................................................... (18)% (40)% Gastrointestinal ......................................................................................................... 5% (21)% Glaucoma .................................................................................................................. (26)% (39)% Migraine ................................................................................................................... 87% (1)% Muscle Relaxant ....................................................................................................... 36% (37)% Pain Management ..................................................................................................... (1)% (11)% Respiratory ............................................................................................................... (8)% (17)% Thyroid Deficiency .................................................................................................. 30% 11% Urinary ...................................................................................................................... 1% (42)% The Company sells its products to customers through various distribution channels. The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each distribution channel for the fiscal year ended June 30: (In thousands) Customer Distribution Channel June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Wholesaler/Distributor .............................................................................................................. $504,030 $ 487,969 Retail Chain ............................................................................................................................... 117,331 82,864 Mail-Order Pharmacy ................................................................................................................ 43,367 49,066 Contract manufacturing revenue ............................................................................................... 19,835 17,442 Net sales ................................................................................................................................ 684,563 637,341 Settlement agreement ................................................................................................................ — (4,000)Total net sales ........................................................................................................................ $684,563 $ 633,341 Net sales to retail chains increased significantly as a result of additional sales to a customer that was unable to obtain supply from a competitor due to a temporary disruption in the competitor’s supply chain, and to a lesser extent, additional sales of a product in the Cardiovascular medical indication related to a distribution agreement entered into with Aralez in November 2017. Cost of Sales, including amortization of intangibles. Cost of sales, including amortization of intangibles, for Fiscal 2018 increased 19% to $395.9 million from $332.1 million in the same prior-year period. The increase was primarily attributable to higher sales as well as increased product royalties. Product royalties expense included in cost of sales totaled $29.7 million for Fiscal 2018 and $19.0 million for Fiscal 2017. Amortization expense included in cost of sales totaled $32.1 million for Fiscal 2018 and for Fiscal Year 2017. Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2018 decreased 4% to $288.7 million or 42% of total net sales. In comparison, gross profit for Fiscal 2017 was $301.2 million or 48% of total net sales. The decrease in gross profit percentage was primarily attributable to lower average selling prices of certain key products as well as additional product royalties related to a distribution agreement entered into with Aralez in November 2017. Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses decreased 31% to $29.2 million in Fiscal 2018 from $42.1 million in Fiscal 2017. The decrease was primarily due to lower product development expenses as well as decreased spend related to the cocaine hydrochloride solution clinical trials. Research and development expenses decreased due to a credit in Fiscal 2018 for a cancelled order of pre-launch inventory purchased in Fiscal 2017. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 12% to $82.2 million in Fiscal 2018 compared with $73.5 million in Fiscal 2017. The increase was primarily driven by approximately $5.1 million related to separation benefits for former executive officers as well as other former employees. Additional headcount in Fiscal 2018 also contributed to an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company is focused on controlling operating expenses and has implemented its 2016 Restructuring Plan and Cody Restructuring Plan as noted above, however increases in personnel and other costs to facilitate enhancements in the Company’s infrastructure and expansion may continue to impact operating expenses in future periods. 42 Acquisition and Integration-related Expenses. Acquisition and integration-related expenses decreased $3.9 million as compared to the prior-year period. The decrease was due to the timing of the acquisition of KUPI. Restructuring Expenses. Restructuring expenses of $7.1 million for Fiscal Year 2018 were consistent to the prior-year period primarily due to higher employee separation costs incurred in connection with the 2016 Restructuring Program during Fiscal 2017, offset by an additional $3.1 million of employee separation costs incurred in connection with the Cody Restructuring program in Fiscal 2018. Loss on sale of intangible asset. In the third quarter of Fiscal 2018, the Company sold an intangible asset acquired as part of the KUPI acquisition. In connection with the transaction, the Company recorded a $15.5 million loss on sale of intangible asset. Asset impairment charges. In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded impairment charges totaling $25.0 million, of which $21.5 million relates to the Cody Restructuring Plan and $3.5 million resulting from the consolidation of the Company’s manufacturing activities with respect to plant-related assets located at the Company’s Townsend Road facility. In Fiscal 2017, as a result of a notice from the FDA that it will seek to withdraw approval of the Company’s ANDA for Methylphenidate ER, the Company recorded a $65.1 million impairment charge in the first quarter of Fiscal 2017. Additionally, the Company abandoned a project within KUPI’s in-process research and development portfolio, which resulted in a $23.0 million impairment charge in the second quarter of Fiscal 2017. Other Income (Loss). Interest expense for the period ended June 30, 2018 totaled $85.6 million compared to $89.4 million for the period ended June 30, 2017. The weighted average interest rate for Fiscal 2018 and 2017 was 8.7% and 8.0%, respectively. Investment income totaled $4.8 million in Fiscal 2018 compared with $3.8 million in Fiscal 2017. In December 2017, the Company received $3.5 million as part of the settlement of a patent litigation. Income Tax. The Company recorded income tax expense in Fiscal 2018 of $22.4 million compared to income tax expense of $1.1 million in Fiscal 2017. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2018 was 43.8%, compared to 199.5% for Fiscal 2017. The effective tax rate for the period ended June 30, 2018 was lower compared to the same prior-year period primarily due to the impact of higher pre-tax income and a lowered blended U.S. statutory rate from 35.0% to 28.1% as a result of the 2017 Tax Reform, partially offset by a $13.1 million re-measurement of the U.S. deferred tax assets, or 25.6% as a result of the 2017 Tax Reform. Overall, the Company anticipates the decrease in the U.S. federal statutory rate, which is 21% for the entire Fiscal 2019, will have a favorable impact on future U.S. tax expense and operating cash flows. Net Income. For the period ended June 30, 2018, the Company reported net income attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. of $28.7 million, or $0.75 per diluted share. Comparatively, net loss attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. in the corresponding prior-year period was $0.6 million, or $0.02 per diluted share. Liquidity and Capital Resources Cash Flow The Company had historically financed its operations with cash flow generated from operations supplemented with borrowings from various government agencies and financial institutions. At June 30, 2019, working capital was $295.6 million as compared to $326.0 million at June 30, 2018, a decrease of $30.4 million. Current product portfolio sales as well as sales related to future product approvals are anticipated to continue to generate positive cash flow from operations. Net cash from operating activities of $176.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 reflected net loss of $272.1 million, adjustments for non-cash items of $375.0 million, as well as cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $73.4 million. In comparison, net cash from operating activities of $118.5 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 reflected net income of $28.7 million, adjustments for non-cash items of $155.5 million, as well as cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $65.7 million. Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities from June 30, 2018 to June 30, 2019 are comprised of: • A decrease in accounts receivable of $84.9 million primarily as a result of the collection of receivables related to Levothyroxine sales as well as of the timing of receipts. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”) at June 30, 2019, based on gross sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 and gross accounts receivable at June 30, 2019 was 78 days. The level of DSO at June 30, 2019 was comparable to the Company’s expectations that DSO will be in the 70 to 85-day range based on customer payment terms. 43 A decrease in accounts payable totaling $43.3 million primarily due to a lower balance as of June 30, 2019 related to the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement. The timing of payments also contributed to the decrease in accounts payable. An increase in royalties payable of $10.3 million primarily due to an increase in business development deals and product revenues royalties. A decrease in prepaid income taxes totaling $18.3 million primarily due to receipt of approximately $15.2 million in tax refunds from the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). An increase in accrued payroll and payroll-related costs of $12.1 million primarily due to higher accrued incentive compensation-related costs and, to a lesser extent, the timing of payroll payments. Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities from June 30, 2017 to June 30, 2018 are comprised of: An increase in accounts receivable of $48.6 million mainly due to increased sales as well as the timing of collections during the quarter ended June 30, 2018 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2017. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”) at June 30, 2018, based on gross sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 and gross accounts receivable at June 30, 2018 was 83 days. The level of DSO at June 30, 2018 was higher compared to the Company’s expectations that DSO will be in the 70 to 80-day range based on customer payment terms mainly due to the timing of customer orders in advance of a mid-week holiday as well as a related maintenance shutdown of the Company’s Seymour, Indiana manufacturing facility in the first week of July 2018. An increase in inventories of $19.0 million primarily due to the timing of customer order fulfillment as well as an expanded product portfolio at June 30, 2018 as compared to the prior-year. An increase in rebates payable of $4.8 million primarily due to an increase in sales to government programs as well as the timing of processed rebates. A decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses totaling $5.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, due to the timing of payments. Net cash used in investing activities of $7.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was primarily due to the purchases of property, plant and equipment of $24.3 million and purchases of intangible assets of $3.0 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $14.4 million and proceeds from the sale of an outstanding variable interest entity (“VIE”) loan to a third party of $5.6 million. Net cash used in investing activities of $51.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was primarily due to purchases of investment securities of $63.6 million, purchases of property, plant and equipment of $52.3 million, loan advances to a VIE of $10.3 million and purchases of intangible assets of $19.0 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of investment securities of $94.0 million. Net cash used in financing activities of $127.3 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 was primarily due to debt repayments of $126.7 million, of which $59.9 million were open market repurchases of debt, payments of debt issuance costs totaling $1.1 million and purchases of treasury stock totaling $0.6 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of stock pursuant to stock compensation plans of $1.1 million. Net cash used in financing activities of $86.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018 was primarily due to debt repayments of $85.7 million and purchases of treasury stock totaling $4.6 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of stock pursuant to stock compensation plans of $4.1 million. Credit Facility and Other IndebtednessThe Company has previously entered into and may enter future agreements with various government agencies and financial institutions to provide additional cash to help finance the Company’s various capital investments and potential strategic opportunities. These borrowing arrangements as of June 30, 2019 are as follows: Amended Senior Secured Credit FacilityOn November 25, 2015, in connection with its acquisition of KUPI, Lannett entered into a credit and guaranty agreement (the “Credit and Guaranty Agreement”) among certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, as guarantors, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent and other lenders providing for a senior secured credit facility (the “Senior 44 Secured Credit Facility”). The Senior Secured Credit Facility consisted of Term Loan A in an aggregate principal amount of $275.0 million, Term Loan B in an aggregate principal amount of $635.0 million and a revolving credit facility providing for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount of up to $125.0 million. As of June 30, 2019, there was no balance outstanding under the revolving credit facility. On June 17, 2016, Lannett amended the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Credit and Guaranty Agreement to raise an incremental term loan in the principal amount of $150.0 million (the “Incremental Term Loan”) and amended certain sections of the agreement (the “Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The terms of this Incremental Term Loan are substantially the same as those applicable to the Term Loan B. The Company used the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loan and cash on hand to repurchase the outstanding $250.0 million aggregate principal amount of Lannett’s 12.0% Senior Notes due 2023 (the “Senior Notes”) issued in connection with the KUPI acquisition. The Term Loan A Facility will mature on November 25, 2020. The Term Loan A Facility amortizes in quarterly installments from January 1, 2018 through September 30, 2020 in amounts equal to 2.50% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan A Facility, with the balance payable on November 25, 2020. The Term Loan B Facility will mature on November 25, 2022. The Term Loan B Facility amortizes in equal quarterly installments in amounts equal to 1.25% of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B Facility with the balance payable on November 25, 2022. Any outstanding Revolving Loans will mature on November 25, 2020. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility is guaranteed by all of Lannett’s significant wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and is collateralized by substantially all present and future assets of Lannett and the Subsidiary Guarantors. The interest rates applicable to the Amended Term Loan Facility are based on a fluctuating rate of interest of the greater of an adjusted LIBOR and 1.00%, plus a borrowing margin of originally 4.75% (for Term Loan A Facility, 5.00% as amended on December 10, 2018) or 5.375% (for Term Loan B Facility). The interest rates applicable to the Revolving Credit Facility is based on a fluctuating rate of interest of an adjusted LIBOR plus a borrowing margin of 4.75%. The interest rate applicable to the unused commitment for the Revolving Credit Facility was initially 0.50%. Since March 2016, the interest margins and unused commitment fee on the Revolving Credit Facility have been subject to a leveraged based pricing grid. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Lannett and its restricted subsidiaries to: incur more indebtedness; pay dividends; redeem stock or make other distributions of equity; make investments; create restrictions on the ability of Lannett’s restricted subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors to pay dividends to Lannett or make intercompany transfers; create negative pledges; create liens; transfer or sell assets; merge or consolidate; enter into sale leasebacks; enter into certain transactions with Lannett’s affiliates; and prepay or amend the terms of certain indebtedness. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility contains a financial performance covenant that is triggered when the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Revolving Credit Facility and outstanding letters of credit as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter is greater than 30% of the aggregate commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility. The covenant provides that Lannett shall not permit its first lien net senior secured leverage ratio as of the last day of any four consecutive fiscal quarters (i) from and after December 31, 2017 to be greater than 3.75:1.00 and (ii) from and after December 31, 2019 to be greater than 3.25:1.00. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility also contains a financial performance covenant for the benefit of the Term Loan A Facility lenders which provides that Lannett shall not permit its Net Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any four consecutive fiscal quarters (i) as of December 31, 2017 and prior to December 31, 2019 to be greater than 3.75:1.00 and (ii) as of December 31, 2019 and thereafter to be greater than 3.25:1.00. The Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility also contains certain affirmative covenants, including financial and other reporting requirements. On December 10, 2018, the Company entered into an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Credit and Guaranty Agreement. Pursuant to the amendment, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio applicable to the financial leverage ratio covenant was increased from 3:25:1.00 to 4.25:1.00 as of December 31, 2019 and prior to September 30, 2020, and then to 4:00:1:00 as of September 30, 2020. In exchange, the Company agreed to include a minimum liquidity covenant of $75 million, a 25-basis point increase to the interest rate margin paid on the Term A Loans and pay a consent fee equal to 50 basis points, paid only to consenting lenders. In February 2019, a Special Committee of the Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $50 million of its Term Loans. In March 2019, the Company completed the purchase of $24.2 million principal amount of its Term Loans in open market transactions. The purchases comprised $8.0 million and $16.2 million of the Term A Loans and Term B Loans, respectively. In May 2019, the Company repurchased an additional $37.8 million of its Term A Loans upon authorization from the Special Committee of the Board of Directors. In order to reduce future cash interest payments, as well as future amounts due at maturity, Lannett may, from time to time, purchase our debt for cash in open market purchases and/or privately negotiated transactions. Lannett will evaluate any such transactions in light of then-existing market conditions, taking into account the Company’s current liquidity among other factors. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. 45 Other Liquidity MattersRefer to the “JSP Distribution Agreement” section above for the impact of the nonrenewal of the JSP agreement on our future liquidity. Future AcquisitionsWe are continuously evaluating the potential for product and company acquisitions as a part of our future growth strategy. In conjunction with a potential acquisition, the Company may utilize current resources or seek additional sources of capital to finance any such acquisition, which could have an impact on future liquidity. We may also from time to time depending on market conditions and prices, contractual restrictions, our financial liquidity and other factors, seek to prepay outstanding debt or repurchase our outstanding debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases, or otherwise. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material and may be funded from available cash or from additional borrowings. Contractual ObligationsThe following table represents annual contractual obligations as of June 30, 2019: Less than 1 More than 5 (In thousands) Total year 1-3 years 3-5 years Years Long-Term Debt (1) .......................................... $768,401 $66,845 $205,123 $496,433 $—Operating Lease Obligations (3) ....................... 10,556 1,898 2,573 2,246 3,839 Purchase Obligations (2) ................................... 45,643 45,643 ———Asset Purchase Payment Obligations (2) .......... 16,000 3,652 6,659 5,689 —Interest on Obligations (1) ................................. 168,93560,36094,54414,031—Total ................................................................... $1,009,535 $178,398 $308,899 $518,399 $3,839 (1)Long-term debt and interest on obligations amounts above primarily relate to the Company’s Amended Senior Secured Credit Facility. Refer to Note 10 “Long-Term Debt” for additional information. Interest on obligations was calculated based on interest rates in effect at June 30, 2019. (2)The purchase obligations above are primarily related to noncancelable open purchase orders for API and ongoing capital expenditure projects. The asset purchase payment obligation above refers to the consideration due to Andor Pharmaceuticals, LLC for the AB-rated Methylphenidate Hydrochloride perpetual license agreement. See Note 9 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for more information. (3)Operating lease obligations primarily relate to a 116,000 square foot leased warehouse in Seymour, Indiana as well as a 25-year lease with Forward Cody, which commenced on April 2015. Research and Development ArrangementsIn the normal course of business, the Company has entered into certain research and development and other arrangements. As part of these arrangements, the Company has agreed to certain contingent payments which generally become due and payable only upon the achievement of certain developmental, regulatory, commercial and/or other milestones. In addition, under certain arrangements, we may be required to make royalty payments based on a percentage of future sales, or other metric, for products currently in development in the event that the Company begins to market and sell the product. Due to the inherent uncertainty related to these developmental, regulatory, commercial and/or other milestones, it is unclear if the Company will ever be required to make such payments. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company entered into an agreement in principle with North South Brother Pharmacy Investment Co., Ltd. and HEC Group PTY, Ltd. (collectively, “HEC”) to develop an insulin glargine product that would be biosimilar to Lantus Solostar pursuant to a License and Collaboration Agreement to be executed by the parties. This agreement modifies and supersedes a May 3, 2016 Collaboration and Supply Agreement with HEC. Under the terms of the deal, among other things, the Company shall fund up to $32 million of the development costs and split 50/50 any development costs in excess thereof. Lannett shall receive an exclusive license to distribute and market the product in the United States upon FDA approval under the 50/50 profit split for the first ten years following commercialization, followed by a 60/40 split in favor of HEC for the following five years. 46 Critical Accounting Policies The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission requires the use of estimates and assumptions. A listing of the Company’s significant accounting policies are detailed in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” A subsection of these accounting policies have been identified by management as “Critical Accounting Policies.” Critical accounting policies are those which require management to make estimates using assumptions that were uncertain at the time the estimates were made and for which the use of different assumptions, which reasonably could have been used, could have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations. Management has identified the following as “Critical Accounting Policies”: Revenue Recognition, Inventories, Income Taxes, Business Combinations, Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Goodwill and Intangible Assets, In-Process Research and Development and Share-based Compensation. Revenue Recognition On July 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which superseded ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when title and risk of loss of promised goods or services have transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is expected to be entitled. Our revenue consists almost entirely of sales of our pharmaceutical products to customers, whereby we ship product to a customer pursuant to a purchase order. Revenue contracts such as these do not generally give rise to contract assets or contract liabilities because: (i) the underlying contracts generally have only a single performance obligation and (ii) we do not generally receive consideration until the performance obligation is fully satisfied. The new revenue standard also impacts the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition by requiring recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements to change from “upon shipment or delivery” to “over time.” However, the recognition of these arrangements over time does not currently have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method. Refer to the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section of this footnote for further discussion of the impact of the adoption. When revenue is recognized, a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other potential adjustments. These provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers and other factors known to management at the time of accrual. Accruals for provisions are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserve presented as a reduction of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable, depending on the nature of the reserve. Provisions for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments require varying degrees of subjectivity. While rebates generally are based on contractual terms and require minimal estimation, chargebacks and returns require management to make more subjective assumptions. Each major category is discussed in detail below: Chargebacks The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue. The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains and mail-order pharmacies. The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.” The Company enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products. The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products. If the price paid by the indirect customers is lower than the price paid by the wholesaler, the Company will provide a credit, called a chargeback, to the wholesaler for the difference between the contractual price with the indirect customers and the wholesaler purchase price. The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels. As sales to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen and McKesson increase (decrease), the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase (decrease). However, the size of the increase (decrease) depends on product mix and the amount of sales made to indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements. The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks may differ from the actual chargeback reserve. 47 Rebates Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales. These rebate programs provide customers with credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period. Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers. Additionally, as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the Company participates in a new cost-sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand drugs and certain generic drugs if their FDA approval was granted under a NDA or 505(b) NDA versus an ANDA. Because our drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency pursuant to the JSP Distribution Agreement and our Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution product were both approved by the FDA as 505(b)(2) NDAs, they are considered “brand” drugs for purposes of the PPACA. Drugs purchased within the Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) result in additional rebates. The Company estimates the reserve for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement when revenue is recognized. The reserve for rebates increases (decreases) as sales to certain wholesale and retail customers increase (decrease). However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of sales to customers that are eligible to receive rebates. Returns Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within a specified time period prior to and subsequent to the product’s expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases. The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return. The Company estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, credit terms and any extenuating circumstances known to management. While historical experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, future returns may or may not follow historical trends. The Company continually monitors the reserve for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product returns may differ from the established reserve. Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase. Other Adjustments Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf-stock adjustments” and “price protections,” which are both credits issued to reflect increases or decreases in the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products. In the case of a price decrease, a credit is given for product remaining in customer’s inventories at the time of the price reduction. Contractual price protection results in a similar credit when the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products increase, effectively allowing customers to purchase products at previous prices for a specified period of time. Amounts recorded for estimated shelf-stock adjustments and price protections are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated changes in market prices and estimates of inventory held by customers. The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available. Other adjustments also include prompt payment discounts and “failure-to-supply” adjustments. If the Company is unable to fulfill certain customer orders, the customer can purchase products from our competitors at their prices and charge the Company for any difference in our contractually agreed upon prices. Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value determined by the first-in, first-out method. Inventories are regularly reviewed and write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on current inventory levels and estimated sales forecasts. Income Taxes The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes as prescribed by ASC 740, Income Taxes. Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of events that the Company has already recognized in the financial statement or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effect of changes in tax law or tax rates in the period during which the new law is enacted. Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater 48 than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The benefit from uncertain tax positions recorded in the financial statements was immaterial for all periods presented. The Company’s future effective income tax rate is highly reliant on future projections of taxable income, tax legislation, and potential tax planning strategies. A change in any of these factors could materially affect the effective income tax rate of the Company in future periods. Business Combinations Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective estimated fair values. The fair values and useful lives assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on, among other factors, the expected future period of benefit of the asset, the various characteristics of the asset and projected future cash flows. Significant judgment is employed in determining the assumptions utilized as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent measurement period. Accordingly, changes in assumptions described above could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations. Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Goodwill and Intangible Assets The Company’s long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment, definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 5 to 39 years. Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The nature and timing of triggering events by their very nature are unpredictable; however, management regularly considers the performance of an asset as compared to its expectations, industry events, industry and economic trends, as well as any other relevant information known to management when determining if a triggering event occurred. If a triggering event is determined to have occurred, the first step in the impairment test is to compare the asset’s carrying value to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows of the asset, then an impairment exists. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, which in most cases is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. Discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value can materially impact our results of operations. There can be no assurances as to when, or if, future impairments may occur. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, including in-process research and development, are not amortized. Instead, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently whenever events or triggering events indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company utilizes a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of our reporting unit (generic pharmaceuticals). If the net book value of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the difference will be recorded as a goodwill impairment, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company’s fair value assessments are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset can materially impact our results of operations. There can be no assurances as to when, or if, future impairments may occur. The Company has one reportable segment and one reporting unit, generic pharmaceuticals. In-Process Research and Development Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquisition purchase price is allocated to the net assets of the acquired business at their respective fair values. Amounts allocated to in-process research and development are recorded at fair value and are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to the impairment testing in accordance with the Company’s impairment testing policy for indefinite-lived intangible assets as described above. As products in development are approved for sale, amounts will be allocated to product rights and will be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the expected life of the asset. The Company’s fair value assessments are highly reliant on various 49 assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of in-process research and development, as well as asset lives, can materially impact our results of operations. There can be no assurances as to when, or if, future impairments may occur. Share-based Compensation Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period, using a straight-line method, based on the fair value of the instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for expected forfeitures. The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of stock options, the stock price on the grant date to value restricted stock and the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of performance-based shares. The Black-Scholes valuation and Monte-Carlo simulation models include various assumptions, including the expected volatility, the expected life of the award, dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares during the historical period equal to the expected term of the option. The Company uses historical information to estimate the expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for the period equal to the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting period. This assumption is based on our actual forfeiture rate on historical awards. Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations. Additionally, the expected dividend yield is equal to zero, as the Company has not historically issued and has no immediate plans to issue, a dividend. These assumptions involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control. Changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the financial statements. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09, which created ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The authoritative guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Based on a review of the contracts representing a substantial portion of our revenues, which is primarily generated from product sales, the Company determined that the updated guidance does not have a material impact on our disclosures or the timing and recognition of our revenues. Under the new standard, the Company estimates certain amounts as variable consideration, specifically any “failure-to-supply” adjustments at the point of product sale in future periods. The new revenue standard also impacts the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition by requiring recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements to change from “upon shipment or delivery” to “over-time.” However, the recognition of these arrangements over-time does not currently have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. The cumulative impact of the adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a $2.3 million adjustment, net of tax, to opening retained earnings on July 1, 2018. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases. ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities on its balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose quantitative and qualitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period and requires a modified retrospective application, with early adoption permitted. In December 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-20, Leases — Narrow Scope Improvements for lessors, which allows entities to choose an additional transition method of adoption, under which an entity initially applies the new standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company is in the process of finalizing the analysis of its lease portfolio and updating its accounting policies to comply with this standard. Upon adoption, the Company expects to recognize an initial right-of-use asset and lease liability on its consolidated balance sheet of approximately $6 million to $8 million as of July 1, 2019. In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 addresses how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The standard was adopted on July 1, 2018 and did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 50 ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK On November 25, 2015, in connection with the acquisition of KUPI, the Company entered into a Senior Secured Credit Facility, which was subsequently amended in June 2016 and December 2018. Based on the variable-rate debt outstanding at June 30, 2019, each 1/8% increase in interest rates would yield $1.0 million of incremental annual interest expense. The Company has historically invested in equity securities, U.S. government agency securities and corporate bonds, which are exposed to market and interest rate fluctuations. The market value, interest and dividends earned on these investments may vary based on fluctuations in interest rate and market conditions. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements” and incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended, for financial reporting as of June 30, 2019. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. There were no changes in these controls or procedures identified in connection with the evaluation of such controls or procedures that occurred during our last fiscal quarter, or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect these controls or procedures. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other things, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting The report of management of the Company regarding internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements: Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting “and incorporated herein by reference. Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and incorporated herein by reference. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the quarter ended June 30, 2019, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. 51 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE Directors and Executive Officers The directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below: Age Position Directors: Patrick G. LePore ................... 64 Chairman of the Board John C. Chapman ................... 64 Director Timothy C. Crew .................... 58 Director David Drabik .......................... 51 Director Jeffrey Farber ......................... 58 Director Albert Paonessa, III ................ 59 Director Melissa Rewolinski ................ 49 Director Paul Taveira ............................ 59 Director Officers: Timothy C. Crew .................... 58 Chief Executive Officer Martin P. Galvan* .................. 67 Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer John M. Abt ............................ 54 Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer Maureen M. Cavanaugh ......... 59 Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Robert Ehlinger ...................... 61 Vice President and Chief Information Officer Samuel H. Israel ..................... 57 General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer John Kozlowski* .................... 47 Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer * Mr. Galvan will retire from the Company effective August 30, 2019 and will be succeeded by Mr. Kozlowski as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, effective August 31, 2019. Patrick G. LePore was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2017. On July 1, 2018, Mr. LePore succeeded Mr. Farber as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. LePore served as chairman, Chief Executive Officer and president of Par Pharmaceuticals, Inc., until the company’s acquisition by private equity investor TPG in 2012. He remained as chairman of the new company through the sale of the company to Endo Pharmaceuticals. Mr. LePore began his career with Hoffmann LaRoche. Later, he founded Boron LePore and Associates, a medical communications company, which he took public and was eventually sold to Cardinal Health. Mr. LePore is the Vice Chairman of the board of Matinas BioPharm and is a trustee of Villanova University. Mr. LePore earned his bachelor’s degree from Villanova University and Master of Business Administration from Fairleigh Dickinson University. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. LePore is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of highly regarded companies within the pharmaceutical industry. Mr. LePore is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. 52 John C. Chapman was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2018. Mr. Chapman is a retired audit partner for KPMG, having specialized in providing audit services to large complex multinational pharmaceutical and consumer market companies. During his tenure at KPMG, he served for six years as a member of the firm’s board of directors and for several years as KPMG’s global chair of pharmaceuticals and chemicals. Mr. Chapman also served as global lead partner for some of KPMG’s largest clients, including Pfizer, Hoechst and PepsiCo, among others. Mr. Chapman, a certified public accountant (CPA), earned a Bachelor of Business Administration in accounting practice degree from Pace University, New York. On August 21, 2018, Mr. Chapman was appointed as Chairman of the Audit Committee, effective upon filing of the Company’s Fiscal 2018 consolidated financial statements. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Chapman is well qualified to serve as a Director, due to his extensive experience in the public accounting profession. Additionally, Mr. Chapman has significant experience in dealing with acquisitions, divestitures, initial public offerings and secondary offerings. Mr. Chapman is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Timothy C. Crew was appointed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company in January 2018. Mr. Crew has more than 25 years of experience in the generic and branded pharmaceutical industries. Previously, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Cipla North America, a global pharmaceutical company based in Mumbai, India. Before Cipla, he worked for eight years at Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Ltd. (“Teva”), where he ultimately served as Senior Vice President and Commercial Operating Officer of the North American Generics division, the world’s largest generic operation with multibillion dollars of annual sales. Before that, he was Teva’s Vice President, Alliances and Business Development. Mr. Crew was also an Executive Vice President, North America, for Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Ltd. Mr. Crew began his pharmaceutical career at Bristol-Myers Squibb, where he held a number of senior management positions in global marketing, managed healthcare, marketing, business development and strategic planning. Prior to his pharmaceutical roles, Mr. Crew served in the United States Army, where he rose to the rank of Captain. Mr. Crew earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Pomona College and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Columbia Business School. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Crew is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of highly regarded companies within the pharmaceutical industry. David Drabik was elected a Director of the Company in January 2011. Mr. Drabik is a National Association of Corporate Directors Governance Fellow. Since 2002, Mr. Drabik has been President of Cranbrook & Co., LLC (“Cranbrook”), an advisory firm primarily serving the private equity and venture capital community. At Cranbrook, Mr. Drabik assists and advises its clientele on originating, structuring and executing private equity and venture capital transactions. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Drabik served in various roles and positions with UBS Capital Americas (and its predecessor UBS Capital LLC), a New York City based private equity and venture capital firm that managed $1.5 billion of capital. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Drabik was a banker with Union Bank of Switzerland’s Corporate and Institutional Banking division in New York City. Mr. Drabik graduated from the University of Michigan with a Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Drabik is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and involvement in investment banking. As a global investment bank professional with extensive experience advising senior management, his skills include business analytics, financing and a strong familiarity with SEC documentation. Mr. Drabik is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Jeffrey Farber was appointed a Director of the Company in May 2006 and was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 2012. On July 2018, Patrick LePore succeeded Jeffrey Farber as the Chairman of the Board. Jeffrey Farber joined the Company in August 2003 as Secretary. Since 1994, Mr. Farber has been President and the owner of Auburn Pharmaceutical (“Auburn”), a national generic pharmaceutical distributor. Prior to starting Auburn, Mr. Farber served in various positions at Major Pharmaceutical (“Major”), where he was employed for over 15 years. At Major, Mr. Farber was involved in sales, purchasing and eventually served as President of the Midwest division. Mr. Farber also spent time working at Major’s manufacturing division, Vitarine Pharmaceuticals, where he served on its Board of Directors. Mr. Farber graduated from Western Michigan University with a Bachelors of Science Degree in Business Administration and participated in the Pharmacy Management Graduate Program at Long Island University. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Farber is qualified to serve, due, in part, to his significant experience in the generic drug industry and his ongoing role as the owner of a highly regarded and successful generic drug distributor. His skills include a thorough knowledge of the generic drug marketplace and drug supply chain management. 53 Albert Paonessa, III was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2015. In May 2017, Mr. Paonessa was appointed the Chief Executive Officer of KeySource Medical, a generic distributor (“KeySource”). Prior to that, Mr. Paonessa served as the President of Anda, Inc., the fourth largest distributor of generic drugs in the U.S., for over 10 years until January 2015. He previously served as Anda’s Senior Vice President of Sales and before that as Vice President of IT. Earlier, Mr. Paonessa was Vice President of Operations for VIP Pharmaceuticals, which was acquired by Anda’s parent company Andrx, in 2000. Mr. Paonessa earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in Interpersonal Communications from Bowling Green State University. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Paonessa is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his significant experience in different executive roles within the generic pharmaceutical industry. Additionally, Mr. Paonessa has a strong operational and technical background, especially in the areas of sales, IT, planning and budgeting and business development. Melissa Rewolinski was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2019. Dr. Rewolinski currently serves as principal of MVR Consulting, where she specializes in providing counsel to small and mid-size biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. Earlier she held a number of senior level R&D positions for Intercept, rising to Senior Vice President, Head of Technical Operations, and member of the Executive Team. Previously, she served as Senior Director, Development for Amira Pharmaceuticals, and before that as a Chemical Development Group Leader and a Pharmaceutical Sciences Project Team Leader for Pfizer Global R&D. Dr. Rewolinski began her career at Pharmacia & Upjohn as a post-doctoral research scientist. Dr. Rewolinski earned a doctorate degree in organic chemistry and Bachelor of Science degree in chemistry, magna cum laude, from Rice University. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Dr. Rewolinski is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to her significant experience in operational and drug development roles within the pharmaceutical industry. Dr. Rewolinski is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Paul Taveira was appointed a Director of the Company in May 2012. Mr. Taveira was the Chief Executive Officer of the National Response Corporation, an international firm specializing in environmental services, from June 2015 to February 2019. He previously served on the Board of Directors and as the Chief Executive Officer of A&D Environmental Services Inc., an environmental and industrial services company. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Taveira was a Managing Partner of Precision Source LLC, a manufacturer of precision parts for various industries across the United States. From 1997 to 2007, Mr. Taveira held several positions at PSC Inc., a national provider of environmental services, including President, Vice President and Regional General Manager. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Taveira held several management positions with Clean Harbors Inc., an international provider of environmental and energy services. Mr. Taveira graduated from Worcester State University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Taveira is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of various companies. Mr. Taveira is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Martin P. Galvan, CPA was appointed as the Company’s Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer in August 2011. Most recently, he was Chief Financial Officer of CardioNet, Inc., a medical technology and service company. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Galvan was employed by Viasys Healthcare Inc., a healthcare technology company that was acquired by Cardinal Health, Inc. in June 2007. Prior to the acquisition, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director Investor Relations. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Galvan served as Chief Financial Officer of Rodel, Inc., a precision surface technologies company in the semiconductor industry. From 1979 to 1998, Mr. Galvan held several positions with Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Inc., a pharmaceutical company, including Vice President, Finance — The Americas; President & General Manager, RPR Mexico & Central America; Vice President, Finance, Europe/Asia Pacific; and Chief Financial Officer, United Kingdom & Ireland. Mr. Galvan began his career with the international accounting firm Ernst & Young LLP. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Rutgers University and is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. In May 2019, the Company announced that Mr. Galvan will retire effective August 30, 2019. John M. Abt joined the Company in March 2015 as Vice President of Quality and was promoted to Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer in April 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Abt held senior level positions in both quality and operations and has extensive knowledge in pharmaceutical manufacturing, quality, strategy, business improvement and site transformation. Prior to joining the Company, he most recently served as Teva Pharmaceuticals’ Vice President Global Quality Strategy, overseeing the development and implementation of strategy and associated initiatives for the global quality organization. Before that, he held a number of leadership positions of increasing responsibility in operations, continuous improvement, quality systems and compliance. He earned his Doctorate in Business Administration from Temple University, Masters of Administrative Science in Business Management from Johns Hopkins University and a Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry from Niagara University. 54 Maureen M. Cavanaugh joined the Company in May 2018 as Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Operations Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Cavanaugh spent the past 11 years at Teva, most recently as Senior Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer, North American Generics. Earlier at Teva, Ms. Cavanaugh served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, US Generics and before that held a variety of positions in sales, marketing and customer operations. Ms. Cavanaugh also previously served as Senior Director of Marketing at PAR Pharmaceuticals, as Director, Product Management and Marketing Research at Sandoz Inc., and held a number of finance, sales and marketing operations positions at Bristol Myers-Squibb. Ms. Cavanaugh earned a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree from LaSalle University and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Rider University. Robert Ehlinger joined the Company in July 2006 as Chief Information Officer. In June 2011, Mr. Ehlinger was promoted to Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Ehlinger was the Vice President of Information Technology at MedQuist, Inc., a healthcare services provider, where his career spanned 10 years in progressive operational and technology roles. Prior to MedQuist, Mr. Ehlinger was with Kennedy Health Systems as their Corporate Director of Information Technology supporting acute care and ambulatory care health information systems and biomedical support services. Earlier on, Mr. Ehlinger was with Dowty Communications where he held various technical and operational support roles prior to assuming the role of International Distribution Sales Executive managing the Latin America sales distribution channels. Mr. Ehlinger received a Bachelor’s of Arts degree in Physics from Gettysburg College in Gettysburg, PA. Samuel H. Israel joined in the Company in July 2017 as General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer. Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Israel was a partner with Fox Rothschild LLP, a national, full-service law firm, with 26 offices that provide services in more than 60 practice areas, since 1998. He served as chair of the firm’s Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology Practice and handled a variety of commercial litigation matters. Mr. Israel earned a bachelor of science degree in chemical engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and a juris doctor degree with honors from Rutgers University School of Law. John Kozlowski joined the Company in 2009 and was promoted in 2010 to Corporate Controller. In 2016, Mr. Kozloski was promoted to Vice President Financial Operations & Corporate Controller. In October 2017, Mr. Kozlowski was promoted to Chief Operating Officer. In April 2018, Mr. Kozlowski was promoted to Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kozlowski served in senior finance and accounting roles for Optium Corporation and Finisar Australia. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in finance from James Madison University and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Rider University. In July 2019, the Company announced that Mr. Kozlowski will succeed Mr. Galvan as the Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer effective August 31, 2019. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no judgments or injunctions that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, executive officer, or significant employee during the past ten years. Code of Ethics The Company has adopted the Code of Professional Conduct (the “code of ethics”), a code of ethics that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as all other company personnel. The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.lannett.com. If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the code of ethics or grants any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or any other executive, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K. Audit Committee The Audit Committee has responsibility for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board. In addition, Audit Committee responsibilities include selection of the Company’s independent auditors, conferring with the independent auditors regarding their audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, pre-approving and reviewing the independent auditors’ fees and considering whether non-audit services are compatible with maintaining their independence and considering the adequacy of internal financial controls. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board, which is available on the Company’s website at www.lannett.com. The charter describes the nature and scope of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities. The members of the Audit Committee are Paul Taveira, David Drabik and John Chapman. All members of the Audit Committee are independent directors as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Financial Expert on Audit Committee: The Board has determined that John Chapman, a current Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, is the Audit Committee financial expert as defined in section 3(a)(58) of the Exchange Act and the related rules of the Commission for the year ended June 30, 2019. 55 ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Compensation Discussion and Analysis This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) describes our Fiscal 2019 Executive Compensation Program. It provides an overview of the compensation program for the following Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) and how the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“the Committee”) made its decisions for our 2019 fiscal year. NEO Title/Role Timothy C. Crew ............................ Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) Martin P. Galvan ............................ Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer* Samuel H. Israel ............................. Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Kozlowski .............................. Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer* John Abt ......................................... Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer * Mr. Galvan will retire from the Company effective August 30, 2019, with Mr. Kozlowski assuming the role of Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer effective August 31, 2019 Say on Pay Results in 2019 At our annual shareholders meeting in January 2018, the majority of our shareholders supported an annual cycle for “say-on-pay” advisory votes relating to our Executive Compensation Program for NEOs. As a result, we moved from conducting “say on pay” votes every three years, including in 2012, 2015, and 2018, to annual votes, commencing in January 2019. At our annual shareholders meeting in January 2019, our shareholders approved the “say-on-pay” proposal, with 92% of votes cast in support of our executive compensation program. Although this vote is non-binding, its outcome, along with shareholder feedback and the competitive business environment, plays an important role in how the Committee makes decisions about the program’s structure. To this end, during the past few years, the Committee conducted periodic reviews of the Executive Compensation Program, monitored industry practices and sought feedback from some of our largest investors. Based in part on this feedback, the Committee introduced performance shares tied to the Company’s three-year total shareholder returns relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index as part of the long-term incentive program for NEOs in Fiscal 2018 and increased its weighting from 25% to 33.3% of the target award opportunity in Fiscal 2019. Our executive compensation program for NEOs continues to place a significant emphasis on performance-based variable pay tied to key strategic objectives, including all equity grants to NEOs and other executive officers in Fiscal 2019. We believe these actions demonstrate our responsiveness to shareholder feedback and our ongoing commitment to aligning executive pay with performance and long-term value creation. The following pages of this CD&A highlight performance results since Fiscal 2016 that have had a direct impact on the compensation paid to our NEOs over the same period of time. It looks specifically at the performance measures used in the short- and long-term incentive awards under the Executive Compensation Program that the Committee believes drive shareholder value. It also describes recently approved changes for Fiscal 2020 to further align our Executive Compensation Program with our objectives and best competitive practice. A Word About Risk The Committee believes that incentive plans, along with the other elements of the Executive Compensation Program, provide appropriate rewards to our NEOs to keep them focused on our goals. The Committee also believes that the program’s structure, along with its oversight, continues to provide a setting that does not encourage the NEOs to take excessive risks in their business decisions. Executive Summary Business Highlights Fiscal 2019 was another year of challenges and transition for the Company, primarily due to the expiration in March 2019 of our product distribution agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”), which accounted for a significant portion of our historical revenues and profitability. Following the August 2018 announcement of the non-renewal of the JSP contract, the Company recognized a large asset impairment charge and experienced a significant decline in stock price. In September 2018, the Company decided to pursue a sale of our wholly-owned subsidiary Cody Laboratories, Inc. (“Cody Labs”), and subsequently determined in 56 June 2019 to cease all operations at Cody Labs, resulting in additional costs and asset impairment charges in Fiscal 2019. In response to these challenges, and under the leadership of Mr. Crew and the Board of Directors, the Company established a new strategy focused on growing our core business, launching new products, building our R&D pipeline, expanding strategic alliances, and reducing costs. Our leadership team and Board are focused on executing our strategy, streamlining our operations, and developing new products and alliances to diversify and enhance our revenue streams, with considerable progress made in Fiscal 2019, including a record number of new product launches. We believe these actions will better position the Company for long-term profitable growth and shareholder value creation. We also appointed a new Board Chairman, effective July 1, 2018, and added two new directors: one new director effective July 1, 2018 and another new director effective July 1, 2019. As discussed below, the Company is executing on a number of key strategic initiatives and continuing to operate profitably (excluding one-time asset impairment charges) despite ongoing challenging market conditions within the generic pharmaceuticals industry. The Company achieved a number of strategic milestones in Fiscal 2019, including the implementation of a cost reduction program which is targeted to achieve annualized savings of approximately $66 million by Fiscal 2020 as compared with Fiscal 2018 levels. This reduction included implementation of a restructuring plan for Cody Labs, significantly reducing the scope of operations and related costs, and, as noted above, eventually decided to cease all operations. Effective December 1, 2018, we entered into an agreement to provide Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP exclusively to Amneal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. through the remaining duration of our contract with JSP, providing the Company with an up-front cash payment and guaranteed gross profit of at least $50 million over the remaining term of the agreement. We also streamlined our production and supply chain functions by closing our manufacturing and distribution facilities in Philadelphia and transferring all operations to our plant in Seymour, Indiana. In March 2019, we successfully completed our 2016 Restructuring Plan, which resulted in the realization of transaction-related synergies following the November 2015 acquisition of Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“KUPI”), a deal that significantly increased our product portfolio and scope of operations. In addition, we continued to significantly strengthen our balance sheet, reducing our debt by approximately $129 million in Fiscal 2019. In addition, we continued to make important advances in product development and mix, market share, and in our regulatory approval process, allowing us to efficiently and safely place our products that span a variety of categories on the market. We launched 18 new products during Fiscal 2019, most of which have limited or moderate competitors, and more than twice the number of products launched in Fiscal 2018, with additional launches planned in Fiscal 2020 and beyond. As of June 30, 2019, we had over 100 products available to the market, with approximately 60 products in our pipeline. We also continue to capitalize on our strategic partnerships, both domestically and internationally. Since January 2018, we acquired or in-licensed more than 40 products and entered into several new strategic alliance agreements which diversified and enhanced our revenue streams. Along with our strategic alliance partner, HEC Group, we initiated a healthy adult male PK/PD for an insulin-based product with significant market potential to treat type 1 and type 2 diabetes, which impacts 29 million Americans. Our financial performance in Fiscal 2019 was adversely impacted by ongoing competitive pressures within the generic pharmaceutical industry, the expiration of the JSP contract, and operational issues at our Cody Labs subsidiary. Despite these challenges, our executive leadership and other employees made significant progress in executing our strategic plan and positioning the Company for future growth. Excluding the impact of JSP, our revenues grew sequentially in each quarter of Fiscal 2019. The Committee adjusted financial performance goals for the Fiscal 2019 annual incentive (bonus) plan to account for the expiration of the JSP contract (for the period of March 24, 2019 — June 30, 2019) as well as forecasted positive benefits from cost savings initiatives. Based on the revised internal budget, our financial results for Fiscal 2019 slightly exceeded target performance goals for each metric under the Annual Bonus Plan, and we achieved the superior performance hurdle for number of product launches. Calculated award funding levels under our Annual Bonus Plan were equal to approximately 120% of target. However, in light of the Company’s negative total shareholder return (“TSR”) in Fiscal 2019 and non-renewal of the JSP contract, the Committee reduced cash bonus payouts to 100% of target award levels for each NEO. In July 2019, our NEOs received stock option and restricted stock grants that were slightly above target award levels based on Fiscal 2019 Company and individual performance results, as discussed further below. They also received performance share grants tied to our relative TSR vs. companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index for the three-year performance cycle running from July 29, 2019 through July 29, 2022 with any earned awards vesting on July 29, 2023 after one additional year of continued service. Most outstanding stock options held by our NEOs are currently “underwater” and the value of most other outstanding equity awards are well below grant date target values. Based on our interim relative TSR results through June 30, 2019, performance shares granted in Fiscal 2018 and 2019 are currently tracking below threshold levels which, if sustained over the applicable three-year performance periods, would result in no awards being earned by NEOs. Key financial performance highlights, as reported in accordance with GAAP requirements, are shown below. GAAP-based results for Fiscal 2019 reflect significant asset impairments primarily associated with the JSP contract expiration and Cody Labs totaling $375.4 million along with other restructuring-related costs and charges. See the section of our Form 10-K entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional details and discussion of Company performance. 57 †Peer Group average pertains to the Fiscal 2019 peer group. Comparison of Target Versus Actual CEO Pay (In Year Earned) The following chart compares actual versus target CEO pay for the past three fiscal years. To more accurately demonstrate the impact of Company performance on executive pay, comparisons include annual equity grants in the year earned, as opposed to the year granted. Values for fiscal year 2017 pertain to Mr. Arthur Bedrosian, our former CEO. Values for Fiscal years 2018 and 2019 pertain to Mr. Crew, with Fiscal 2018 values including annualized base salary and short-term incentives (STI) and new hire equity grants. As shown below, actual pay levels earned for Fiscal 2017 and 2018 were well below target opportunities, even when one-time awards are included. Mr. Crew’s actual pay earned for Fiscal 2019 was slightly above target, reflecting the Company’s significant progress towards achieving strategic objectives and positioning the Company for future growth. Equity-based long-term incentives reflect grant-date award values, with current actual or realizable values for Fiscal 2017 and 2018 awards considerably lower based on our closing stock price as of June 30, 2019. 0204060801001201402016201720182019LannettPeer Group Average†NYSEIndexed 4-Year TSR (from 6/30/2015)$1.20 ($0.02)$0.75 ($7.20)($8.00)($7.00)($6.00)($5.00)($4.00)($3.00)($2.00)($1.00)$0.00$1.00$2.00FY 2016FY 2017FY 2018FY 2019Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Share$542,493 $633,341 $684,563 $655,407 $0$100,000$200,000$300,000$400,000$500,000$600,000$700,000$800,000FY 2016FY 2017FY 2018FY 2019Total Net Sales ($000s)$130,758 $86,446 $129,696 ($262,321)($350,000)($250,000)($150,000)($50,000)$50,000$150,000$250,000FY 2016FY 2017FY 2018FY 2019Operating Income ($000s)58 Comparison of Disclosed Versus Realizable CEO Pay for Mr. Crew (Based on Summary Compensation Table) Compared with values reported in the Summary Compensation Table for Mr. Crew, current realizable values are 52% lower for Fiscal 2018 and 24% lower for Fiscal 2019. Mr. Crew’s reported compensation for Fiscal 2018 reflects his partial year of service and new hire equity grants, while Fiscal 2019 reported compensation reflects base salary plus bonus (STI) earned plus equity awards granted in Fiscal 2019 (with stock options and restricted stock based on Fiscal 2018 performance). Realizable pay reflects no current value for outstanding stock options or performance shares, and restricted stock well below initial grant date values based on our stock price as of June 30, 2019. 2017Target2017 Actual2018Target2018 Actual(w/ sign on)2019Target2019 ActualActual vs. Target CEO PaySalarySTI CashPerformance SharesRestricted StockStock Options$3,675,001$3,915,886$2,411,860$1,321,249$3,675,000$3,601,500 $- $500,000 $1,000,000 $1,500,000 $2,000,000 $2,500,0002018 Disclosed2018 Realizable2019 Disclosed2019 RealizableDisclosed vs. Realizable CEO PaySalarySTI CashPerformance SharesRestricted StockStock OptionsAll Other Compensation$1,615,691$632,261$2,134,996$1,329,781-52%-24%59 Fiscal 2019 Executive Compensation Program Changes As our Company grows, the Committee is committed to the evolution and improvement of our Executive Compensation Program to ensure alignment with our business strategy and shareholder interests, as well as best competitive practices. The Committee made the following adjustments to the program’s core compensation elements for 2019: What’s Changed How It’s Changed Explanation Short-Term Incentives (“Annual Bonus”) ........ • Performance ranges widened, with threshold hurdles set at 85% of target goals and superior hurdles set at 120%. No changes were made to performance metrics, weightings, or award opportunities. Performance range spreads were widened to account for continued uncertainty within generic pharmaceutical industry and to align more closely with market and our historical practice Long-Term Incentives ....................................... • Target value mix changed to place an equal weighting (33.3%) on performance shares (up from 25% in Fiscal 2018), stock options, and restricted stock. • Grant levels for stock options and restricted stock will continue to be tied to Company performance and can range from 0% to 150% of target awards based on actual results versus pre-established goals. No change made to award opportunities. Target value mix changed in response to shareholder outreach feedback. The Committee continued to link equity grant levels to Company performance, including financial results and multi-year total shareholder return, to strengthen alignment with shareholder interests. To address retention concerns and encourage NEOs to focus on achieving strategic objectives following the announced non-renewal of the JSP contract, the Committee adopted a retention bonus program in December 2018. NEOs are eligible to receive cash payments equal to 100% of their Fiscal 2018 base salary if they remain employed and perform duties and responsibilities in a satisfactory manner through December 1, 2019, or if they are terminated other than for Cause (as defined in employment agreements) during the one-year retention period. Any retention incentives received will be reported in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2020. Our Commitment to Sound Corporate Governance In order to align our executive compensation program with long-term shareholder interests, we have adopted a variety of sound corporate governance practices, as illustrated in the following table: What We Do What We Don’t Do • Emphasize variable incentives to align pay with performance • Provide multi-year pay guarantees within employment agreements • Tie incentive compensation to multiple performance metrics that reinforce key business objectives • Allow stock option repricing without shareholder approval • Place primary emphasis on equity compensation to align executive and shareholder interests • Permit stock hedging or pledging activities • Use stock ownership guidelines for executive officers and non-employee directors • Provide uncapped incentive awards • Maintain a clawback policy allowing for the recoupment of excess compensation in the event of a material financial restatement and fraud or misconduct • Pay tax gross-ups on any awards • Engage an independent compensation consultant to advise the Compensation Committee • Provide excessive executive perquisites 60 Overview of the Executive Compensation Program Our Philosophy A fundamental objective of our Executive Compensation Program is to focus our executives on creating long-term shareholder value — all aspects of our program are rooted in this goal and designed around the following guiding principles: • Pay for performance: A significant portion of compensation should be variable and directly linked to corporate and individual performance goals and results. • Competitiveness: Compensation should be sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain an executive team fully capable of driving exceptional performance. • Alignment: The interests of executives should be aligned with those of our shareholders through equity-based compensation and performance measures that help to drive shareholder value over the long term. To support these guiding principles, our program includes the following compensation elements: Pay Element Form Purpose Base Salary ................................................... Cash (Fixed) Provides a competitive level of compensation that reflects position responsibilities, strategic importance of the position and individual experience. Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus) ....... Cash (Variable) Provides a cash-based award that recognizes the achievement of corporate goals in support of the annual business plan, as well as specific, qualitative and quantitative individual goals for the most recently completed fiscal year. Long-Term Incentives .................................. Equity (Variable) Provides incentives for management to execute on financial and strategic goals that drive long-term shareholder value creation and support the Company’s retention strategy. Target Compensation Mix The charts below show that most of our NEO’s target compensation for Fiscal 2019 is variable (80% for our CEO and an average of 69% for our other NEOs). Variable pay includes the target value of short-term cash incentives (“STI”), performance shares, stock options, and restricted stock. Salary20%STI20%Service-Based Restricted Stock20%Performance Shares20%Stock Options20%FY 2019 CEOTarget Pay MixSalary31%STI19%Service-Based Restricted Stock16%Performance Shares17%Stock Options17%FY 2019 Other NEOs Average Target Pay Mix61 Based upon Fiscal 2019 compensation as reported in the Summary Compensation Table on page 71 of this Form 10-K, variable pay represents 65% of total pay for our CEO and 60% of average total pay for our other NEOs. This mix reflects target annual incentives earned in Fiscal 2019 under the Annual Bonus Plan (shown as STI), target performance share grants in Fiscal 2019, and below-target stock option or restricted stock grants in Fiscal 2019 based on Fiscal 2018 Company performance. How Compensation Decisions Are Made • The Role of the Compensation Committee. The Committee, composed entirely of independent directors, is responsible for making executive compensation decisions for the NEOs. The Committee works closely with its independent compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners (“Pearl Meyer”), and management to examine pay and performance matters throughout the year. The Committee’s charter, which sets out its objectives and responsibilities, can be found at our website at www.lannett.com under the “Investors” section. The Committee has authority and responsibility to establish and periodically review our Executive Compensation Program and compensation philosophy. Importantly, the Committee also has the sole responsibility for approving the corporate performance goals upon which compensation for the CEO is based, evaluating the CEO’s performance and determining and approving the CEO’s compensation, including equity-based compensation, based on the achievement of his goals. The Committee also reviews and approves compensation levels for other NEOs, taking into consideration recommendations from the CEO. In making its determinations, the Committee considers market data and advice from Pearl Meyer, as well as budgets, reports, performance assessments and other information provided by management. It also considers other factors, such as the experience, skill sets, and contributions of each NEO towards our overall success. However, the Committee is ultimately responsible for all compensation-related decisions for the NEOs and may exercise its own business judgment when evaluating performance results and making compensation decisions. Timing of Committee Meetings and Grants; Option and Share Pricing The Committee meets as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, and the timing of these meetings is established during the year. The Committee holds special meetings from time to time as its workload requires. Annual equity grants typically occur after finalizing fiscal year end performance results. Historically, annual grants of equity awards were typically approved at a meeting of the Committee in August/September of each year to reward prior year performance. Beginning with grants made in Fiscal 2015, annual equity grants occur in the July/August time frame, reflecting the Company’s status change to an accelerated filer (with an expedited filing date requirement). Individual grants (for example, associated with the timing of a new NEO or promotion to an NEO position) and special recognition awards may occur at any time of year. The exercise price of each stock option and fair value of restricted stock awarded to our NEOs is the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. Salary35%STI35%Restricted Stock10%Stock Options7%Performance Shares13%FY 2019 CEO CompensationSalary40%STI24%Restricted Stock12%Stock Options8%Performance Shares16%FY 2019 Other NEO Average Compensation62 The Role of the CEO. The CEO does not play any role in the Committee’s determination of his own compensation. However, he presents the Committee with recommendations for each element of compensation including base salaries and short- and long-term incentive awards for the other NEOs, as well as non-executive employees who are eligible for equity grants. The CEO bases these recommendations upon his assessment of each individual’s performance, as well as market practice. The Committee has full discretion to modify the recommendations of the CEO in the course of its approvals. The Role of the Independent Consultant. The Committee consults, as needed, with an outside compensation consulting firm. As it makes decisions about executive compensation, the Committee reviews data and advice from its consultant about current compensation practices and trends among publicly-traded companies in general and comparable generic pharmaceutical companies in particular. The Committee also periodically reviews recommendations from its outside consultant and makes recommendations to the Board about the compensation for non-employee directors. In Fiscal 2018, Pearl Meyer was retained by the Committee, as its independent consultant, to review the competitiveness of the Executive Compensation Program. Pearl Meyer provided the Committee with compensation data with respect to similarly sized biopharmaceutical and life sciences companies and consulted with the Committee about a variety of issues related to competitive compensation practices and incentive plan designs. Pearl Meyer was also retained by the Committee in Fiscal 2019 to review the competitiveness of the Executive Compensation Program and to provide ongoing advice relating to the Executive Compensation Program. The Committee assessed the independence of Pearl Meyer pursuant to the SEC rules and concluded that no conflict of interest exists that would prevent Pearl Meyer from independently advising the Committee. Peer Group & BenchmarkingThe Committee evaluates industry-specific and general market compensation practices and trends to ensure the Executive Compensation Program is appropriately competitive. When making decisions about the program for Fiscal 2019, the Committee considered publicly-available data, as well as a market study conducted by Pearl Meyer in May 2018. The Pearl Meyer study developed market values using a blend of peer group proxy pay data for the companies shown below as well as published survey data for the broader life sciences industry. Using this information, the Committee compared our program to the compensation practices of other companies which the Committee believes are comparable to the Company in terms of size, scope and business complexity (the “peer group”). As shown below, the Company ranked in the upper half of the peer group in terms of employee headcount, near the 50th percentile for net sales, between the 25th and 50th percentiles for enterprise value, and below the 25th percentile for operating income. Company NameFiscal YearEnd # of Employees EnterpriseValue 6/30/2019 ($mm) Fiscal YearEnd OperatingIncome ($mm) Fiscal Year End Sales ($mm) Cumulative3 YR TSR 6/30/2019 Cumulative5 YR TSR 6/30/2019 Aceto Corporation ................................ 315 $279 $(17) $711 -99.4%-99.2%Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. .................... 474 $406 $95 $471 -69.9%-77.2%Akorn, Inc. ............................................ 2,206 $1,310 $(128) $694 -81.9%-84.5%AMAG Pharmaceuticals, Inc. .............. 467 $344 $(64) $474 -58.2%-51.8%Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ......... 2,078 $1,019 $(9) $295 31.0%110.9%Assertio Therapeutics, Inc. ................... 116 $665 $64 $312 -82.4%-75.2%Cambrex Corporation ........................... 1,732 $2,048 $111 $531 -9.5%126.1%Emergent BioSolutions Inc. ................. 1,705 $3,101 $111 $782 83.6%129.9%Horizon Therapeutics plc ..................... 1,000 $5,061 $26 $1,208 46.1%—Impax Laboratories, Inc. ...................... 1,257 n/a $(28) $776 ——INSYS Therapeutics, Inc. ..................... 226 $(47) $(109) $82 -97.8%-98.1%Jazz Pharmaceuticals plc ...................... 1,360 $9,001 $716 $1,891 0.9%-3.0%Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc. ...... 520 $3,393 $300 $976 -42.8%-6.5%Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ............ 448 $1,805 $144 $409 62.4%202.2%United Therapeutics Corporation ......... 860 $2,872 $808 $1,628 -26.3%-11.8%Lannett Company, Inc. ......................... 1,020$803$(262)$655-74.5%-87.8%Percentile Rank .................................... 60%36%0%47%29%15%Subsequent to the 2018 study, former peer Aceto Corporation filed for bankruptcy protection and former peer Impax Laboratories Inc. was combined into the newly-formed company Amneal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 63 For purposes of a subsequent market pay analysis conducted by Pearl Meyer in April 2019, the Committee approved a revised peer group consisting of 12 companies, including 8 of the 2018 peers shown above (Acorda Therapeutics Inc., Akorn Inc., Amphastar Pharmaceuticals Inc., Assertio Therapeutics Inc., Cambrex Corporation, Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc., Supernus Pharmaceuticals Inc., and United Therapeutics Corporation) plus 4 new companies (Amneal Pharmaceuticals Inc., ANI Pharmaceuticals Inc., Catalent Inc., and Momenta Pharmaceuticals Inc.). The revised peer group aligns more closely with us in terms of company size and industry focus following the non-renewal of the JSP contract. The Committee uses external market data as a reference point to ensure the Company’s executive compensation program is sufficiently competitive to attract, retain, and motivate highly experienced and talented NEOs. The Committee generally seeks to position target total direct compensation for NEOs at or near 50th percentile market values for comparable positions but does not utilize a purely formulaic benchmarking approach. Based on the May 2018 Pearl Meyer study, target total direct compensation, including the sum of base salary plus target short-term and long-term incentives, was within the competitive range (defined as +/- 15%) of 50th percentile market values for all then-current NEOs other than Mr. Kozlowski, who was above the range, and equal to 103% of the 50th percentile in the aggregate. Actual total direct compensation was well-below 50th percentile market values for all then-current executive officers participating in the Fiscal 2018 short-term and long-term incentive programs and equal to 42% of the 50th percentile in the aggregate, reflecting below-target incentive awards based on actual vs. planned performance. As previously noted, when evaluating our executive compensation program, the Committee considers a variety of other factors in addition to external market data, such as Company and individual performance, and each NEO’s qualifications, skill sets, and past and expected future contributions towards our success. 2019 Executive Compensation Program Decisions Base Salary We attribute much of our success to our highly-experienced executive management team, and the strength of their leadership has been clearly demonstrated by our exceptional long-term performance results and growth. In order to remain competitive among our industry peers, the Committee believes it should set compensation at market-competitive levels that reflect the executive’s experience, role and responsibilities. Based on Pearl Meyer’s 2018 study, current salaries were below 50th percentile market values for 4 of our 5 current NEOs and within a competitive range (+/- 10%) of the 50th percentile for all incumbents. The Committee decided to not provide salary increases to any of our NEOs for Fiscal 2019. The following table summarizes annualized salaries for Fiscal 2018 and 2019 for our NEOs. Annualized Fiscal 2018 salaries differ from actual values received as reported in the Summary Compensation Table for certain incumbents with less than a full year of service or promotions. NEO 2018 Base Salary 2019 Base Salary % Change Timothy C. Crew .................................................................. $ 735,000 $735,000 — Martin P. Galvan .................................................................. $ 415,000 $415,000 — Samuel H. Israel ................................................................... $ 400,000 $400,000 — John Kozlowski .................................................................... $ 325,000 $325,000 — John Abt ............................................................................... $ 344,500 $344,500 — Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus) The Company’s NEOs participate in an annual bonus program, which is designed to reinforce the annual business plan and budgeted goals and to recognize yearly performance achievements focused primarily on financial and operating results. Actual payouts can range from 0% (below threshold) to 200% (superior performance) of target awards and are paid in cash. The Committee sets each NEO’s threshold, target and superior bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary, as follows: Annual Bonus Opportunity As a % of Salary NEO Threshold (25% of Target) Target (100% of Target) Superior (200% of Target) Timothy C. Crew ......................................................................... 25% 100% 200% All Other NEOs ........................................................................... 15% 60% 120% Expressed as percentages of salary, Fiscal 2019 award opportunities were the same as those established in Fiscal 2018 for all NEOs who were employed during both years. 64 The overall annual bonus plan for Fiscal 2019 was comprised of two components: • Corporate Financial & Operational Goals: 80% of the total target award opportunity is tied to operating results versus targets established by the Committee to promote a focus on Company-wide profitable growth and collaboration: Performance Metric Weighting (out of 100%) Adjusted Operating Income ................................................................................. 40% Adjusted Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) ................................................................. 20% Net Sales .............................................................................................................. 20% Strategic Objectives ............................................................................................. 10% Individual Objectives ........................................................................................... 10% Fiscal 2019 performance metrics and weightings were the same as those established in Fiscal 2018. Adjusted EPS is defined as diluted EPS excluding bonus and stock-based compensation expense, as further adjusted for certain non-recurring items. • Strategic / Individual Objectives: 20% of the total target award opportunity is based on the achievement of pre-established quantitative and qualitative strategic and individual goals, to reinforce key strategic objectives and to promote individual accountability and “line of sight.” For Fiscal 2019, half of the award opportunity for all NEOs was tied to new product launches and half was tied to various other strategic, financial and operational objectives, taking into consideration each NEO’s job function and responsibilities. For competitive harm reasons, the Company does not disclose specific details on individual goals and other strategic objectives. 2019 Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus): Results and Payouts • Corporate Financial & Operational Results (Collectively Weighted 80% of Total Target Award). Fiscal 2019 Target goals for Adjusted Operating Income, Adjusted EPS, and Net Sales were set below Fiscal 2018 actual levels based on our 2019 internal budgets which anticipated continued challenging market conditions within the generic pharmaceuticals sector. In December 2018, the Committee adjusted incentive plan performance targets to account for the expiration of the JSP contract (for the period of March 24, 2019 — June 30, 2019). Based on our revised 2019 internal budget, performance targets were reduced by approximately 7% from original levels for Net Sales and Adjusted Operating Income metrics and by 9.5% for Adjusted EPS. In applying these adjustments, the Committee also included anticipated positive impacts from the Company’s cost savings initiatives, which offset more than half of the negative adjustments associated with the expiration of the JSP contract for the period of March 24, 2019 through our fiscal year end of June 30, 2019. The Committee viewed these revised performance hurdles as very challenging in light of then-current internal forecasts, the uncertainty resulting from the JSP contract expiration, and industry and economic conditions. The Committee established Threshold performance hurdles at 85% of Target goals and Superior hurdles at 120% of Target to account for stretch goals, challenging market conditions, and to align more closely with our historical performance range spreads. Fiscal 2019 financial performance goals and actual results are shown in the following table: Weighting Performance Goals (as Revised in December 2018)* Performance Metric (Out of 80%) Threshold Target Superior Actual Adjusted Operating Income ($ millions) .... 40% $ 174.7 $205.6 $ 246.7 $ 209.8Adjusted EPS .............................................. 20% $ 2.41 $2.83 $ 3.40 $ 2.85Net Sales ($ millions) ................................. 20% $ 551.6 $648.9 $ 778.7 $ 655.4 * Original Target performance goals were $220.3 million for Adjusted Operating Income, $3.13 for Adjusted EPS, and $700.0 million for Net Sales. Actual Fiscal 2019 performance results were between Target and Superior levels for all three financial metrics. Actual Adjusted Operating Income for Fiscal 2019 excluded pre-tax items totaling approximately $472.1 million, including acquisition-related and restructuring expenses, impairments, and other non-recurring items. Actual Adjusted EPS excluded the same $472.1 million in pre-tax items plus $19.1 million primarily related to non-cash interest expense and a loss on extinguishment of debt as well as the related tax effects for all of these items. For Fiscal 2019, the Net Sales result was the same as the GAAP-reported value, with no adjustments applied. 65 • Strategic and Individual Performance Results (Collectively Weighted 20% of Total Target Award). For Fiscal 2019, the Target goal for new product launches was 15 for the fiscal year. The actual number of launches was 18, at the Superior goal. The Committee also considered each NEO’s contributions towards a variety of other company-wide strategic and function-specific objectives. While no specific weightings were assigned to these other objectives, the Committee considered each NEO’s contributions towards the Company’s ongoing success with restructuring activities, the continued strengthening of our balance sheet, maintaining operational discipline within a challenging market environment, and achievement of various other strategic growth milestones. Based on the Committee’s overall assessment, each NEO met or exceeded all goals for the strategic / individual performance component. Total Annual Bonus Based on our Fiscal 2019 performance results, calculated award funding levels were equal to approximately 120% of target levels for our NEOs. However, in light of the Company’s negative TSR and non-renewal of the JSP contract, the Committee exercised negative discretion and capped all payouts at 100% of Target opportunities. Total Fiscal 2019 payouts for current NEOs are summarized in the following table: Current NEO Corporate Financial / Operational Component Strategic / Individual Objectives Component Total Actual Bonus for Fiscal 2019 Timothy C. Crew ....................... $ 588,000 $ 147,000 $735,000 Martin P. Galvan ........................ $ 199,200 $ 49,800 $249,000 Samuel H. Israel ......................... $ 192,000 $ 48,000 $240,000 John Kozlowski .......................... $ 156,000 $ 39,000 $195,000 John Abt ..................................... $ 165,360 $ 41,340 $206,700 Long-Term Incentives NEOs participate in a performance-based long-term incentive program. Target award opportunities, expressed as percentages of base salary, for Fiscal 2019 are summarized in the following table: NEO Target Award as % of Base Salary Timothy C. Crew ............................................................... 300% Martin P. Galvan ............................................................... 200% Samuel H. Israel ................................................................ 175% John Kozlowski ................................................................. 150% John Abt ............................................................................. 100% The target value mix for our NEOs in Fiscal 2019 is summarized below: Performance Shares, 33.3%Stock Options, 33.3%Restricted Stock, 33.3%Target Value Mix for NEOs66 All equity grants are tied to performance. For the stock option and restricted stock components, grant levels are tied to Company and individual performance, using the same metrics and weightings as under the Annual Bonus Plan. Actual grants can range from 0% (for below Threshold results) to 150% (for Superior performance) of target award levels, as shown in the following table: Performance Result Percentage of Target Equity Grants Earned(as % of Target Grant) Below Threshold .............................................................................................................. 0% (subject to Committee discretion) Threshold .......................................................................................................................... 50% Target ................................................................................................................................ 100% Superior ............................................................................................................................ 150% Any earned stock option and restricted stock grants will be made following the end of the fiscal year in which performance is measured. These grants typically occur in the first quarter of the next fiscal year. For the performance share component, award opportunities can range from 0% to 200% of target levels, based on our three-year TSR relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index, as follows: Lannett Three-Year Relative TSR vs. S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index Percentage of Target Grant Earned Below 40th Percentile ........................................................................ — 40th Percentile ................................................................................... 50%50th Percentile ................................................................................... 100%80th Percentile or Higher ................................................................... 200% Because they are tied to prospective goals, performance share grants will occur during the first 90 days of each three-year performance cycle. Grants Made in Fiscal 2019 (Based on Fiscal 2018 Performance) In Fiscal 2018, the Company achieved financial performance results between Threshold and Target for Net Sales and below threshold levels for the profitability metrics. Based on Company financial and strategic / individual objective performance results, the Committee approved the following stock option and restricted stock grants, effective as of July 30, 2018: Equity Grants Earned Based on Fiscal 2018 Performance NEO # of Stock Options # of Restricted Shares Timothy C. Crew ........................................... 21,626 17,336 Martin P. Galvan ............................................ 16,085 12,895 Samuel H. Israel ............................................ 13,665 10,954 John Kozlowski ............................................. 9,953 7,979 John Abt ......................................................... 6,454 5,174 These stock options vest in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and expire on the tenth anniversary from the date of grant. Each stock option has an exercise price of $12.20, equal to our closing stock price on the date of grant. Restricted stock also vests in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant. Our NEOs also received the following TSR performance share grants: NEO Target Number of Performance Shares Granted Timothy C. Crew ........................................... 15,368 Martin P. Galvan ........................................... 11,730 Samuel H. Israel ............................................ 9,459 John Kozlowski ............................................. 6,890 John Abt ......................................................... 4,586 Grants were made on July 30, 2018 and were determined by dividing target award values by the grant date fair value of $17.69 per share, based on a Monte-Carlo binomial modeling valuation tool, as discussed in Note 16 “Share-based Compensation” of our consolidated financial statements. Award vesting will be based on the Company’s TSR relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Index for the three-year period ending July 30, 2021, with no awards earned for below-Threshold results and maximum awards of up to 200% of target grants for Superior performance. 67 Grants Made in Fiscal 2020 (Based on Fiscal 2019 Performance) In Fiscal 2019, the Company achieved financial performance results between Target and Superior levels for Adjusted Operating Income, Adjusted EPS, and Net Sales. Based on Company financial and strategic / individual objective performance results, the Committee approved the following stock option and restricted stock grants, effective as of July 29, 2019: Equity Grants Earned Based on Fiscal 2019 Performance NEO # of Stock Options # of Restricted Shares Timothy C. Crew ........................................... 208,070 129,590 Martin P. Galvan ............................................ 76,560 47,680 Samuel H. Israel ............................................ 64,570 40,210 John Kozlowski ............................................. 46,000 28,650 John Abt ......................................................... 32,510 25,250 These stock options vest in four equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and expire on the tenth anniversary from the date of grant. Each stock option has an exercise price of $6.57, equal to our closing stock price on the date of grant. Restricted stock also vests in four equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant. Our NEOs also received the following TSR performance share grants: NEO Target Number of Performance Shares Granted Timothy C. Crew ........................................... 70,390 Martin P. Galvan ........................................... 26,500 Samuel H. Israel ............................................ 22,350 John Kozlowski ............................................. 15,560 John Abt ......................................................... 11,000 Grants were made on July 29, 2019 and were determined by dividing target award values by the grant date fair value of $10.71 per share, based on a Monte-Carlo binomial modeling valuation tool, as discussed in Note 16 “Share-based Compensation” of our consolidated financial statements. Award vesting will be based on the Company’s TSR relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Index for the three-year period ending July 29, 2022, with no awards earned for below-Threshold results and maximum awards of up to 200% of target grants for Superior performance. Any earned shares will vest on July 29, 2023, after one additional year of continued service. Grants made in Fiscal 2020 will be included in the Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table in the Form 10-K and proxy filings for Fiscal 2020, per current SEC reporting requirements. Retention Bonus Program To address retention concerns and to further encourage NEOs to focus on achieving strategic objectives following the announced non-renewal of the JSP contract, the Committee adopted a retention bonus program in December 2018. NEOs are eligible to receive cash payments equal to 100% of their Fiscal 2018 base salary if they remain employed and perform duties and responsibilities in a satisfactory manner through December 1, 2019, or if they are terminated other than for Cause (as defined in employment agreements) during the one-year retention period. Any retention incentives received will be reported in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2020. Per the terms of his Separation Agreement, which is effective as of August 30, 2019, Mr. Galvan will receive a pro-rata payout of $311,250 (75% of his Fiscal 2019 base salary) in December 2019. Other Policies, Programs and Guidelines The Company currently maintains a clawback policy under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with incentive awards for the CEO and CFO subject to recoupment in the event of a material financial restatement triggered by fraud or misconduct. Additionally, any employee who violates the provisions of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is subject to disciplinary penalties that may include termination of employment. The Committee intends to comply with any regulatory requirements pertaining to clawback provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act once rules are finalized by the SEC and New York Stock Exchange. NEOs, like all other employees, have retirement programs and other benefits as part of their overall compensation package. The Committee believes that these programs and benefits support our compensation philosophy, part of which is to provide compensation that is sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain an executive team fully capable of driving exceptional performance. The Committee periodically reviews these programs to validate that they are reasonable and consistent with market practice. Attributed costs of the personal benefits available to the NEOs are included in column (h) of the Summary Compensation Table on page 71. 68 • Retirement Benefits. Each of our NEOs is eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan that is available to all employees. The Company provides matching contributions on a $0.50 basis up to 8% of the contributing employee’s base salary, subject to limitations of the 401(k) plan and applicable law. • Other Benefits. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the same health benefits available to all other employees. They also participate in a wellness program which provides a comprehensive annual physical examination and up to $1,000 in optional preventive health screening benefits. Lannett provides life insurance for NEOs which would, in the event of death, pay up to $500,000 to designated beneficiaries. Premiums paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed income. Lannett also provides short- and long-term disability insurance which would, in the event of disability, pay the NEO 70% of his base salary up to the plan limits of $2,000 per week for short-term disability and $15,000 per month for long-term disability. The NEOs are also provided with car allowances. • Post-Termination Pay. The Committee believes that reasonable severance and change-in-control benefits are necessary in order to recruit and retain qualified senior executives and are generally required by the competitive recruiting environment within our industry and the marketplace in general. These severance benefits reflect the fact that it may be difficult for our NEOs to find comparable employment within a short period of time and are designed to alleviate concerns about the loss of his or her position without cause. The Committee also believes that a change-in-control arrangement will provide security that will likely reduce the reluctance of an NEO to pursue a change in control transaction that could be in the best interest of our shareholders. Lannett’s severance plan is designed to pay severance benefits to a NEO for a qualifying separation. For the CEO, the severance plan provides for payment of three times base salary, plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. For the other NEOs, the severance plan provides for a payment of 18-months of base salary, plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. Employment agreements with NEOs do not have any tax gross-up provisions, and include non-compete, non-solicitation, and other restrictive covenants for designated time frames. As previously noted, Mr. Crew’s employment agreement was amended during Fiscal 2018 to eliminate a “walk away” provision that would have entitled him to severance benefits upon a voluntary resignation within thirty days of a Change in Control of the Company. This change was made based on the 2018 say on pay vote and concerns raised by shareholder advisory groups and further demonstrates our commitment to sound corporate governance practices. None of the agreements with our other NEOs contain any type of “walk away” provision, with severance benefits only payable upon a qualifying termination of employment by the Company without “Cause” (as defined in the agreements) or a voluntary resignation for “Good Reason” (as defined in the agreements). • Tax and Accounting Implications. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, precludes the deductibility of an NEO’s compensation that exceeds $1,000,000 per year. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which became effective as of January 1, 2018, modified Section 162(m) provisions, including the elimination of the “performance-based exception” that previously allowed certain performance-based compensation meeting specific requirements to qualify for full tax deductibility by the Company. The changes to Section 162(m) do not apply to certain compensation paid pursuant to a binding written contract that was in effect as of November 2, 2017. As a result of the tax law changes, compensation paid to designated “covered executives”, including current and former NEOs, in excess of $1,000,000 per individual will generally not be deductible, whether or not it is performance-based. Although the Committee has historically attempted to structure executive compensation to preserve deductibility, it also reserves the right to provide compensation that may not be fully deductible, in order to maintain flexibility in compensating NEOs in a manner consistent with our compensation philosophy, as deemed appropriate. The Committee believes that shareholder interests are best served by not restricting the Committee’s discretion in this regard, even though such compensation may result in non-deductible compensation expenses to the Company. 69 Looking Ahead: Executive Compensation Program Changes for Fiscal 2020 For Fiscal 2020, the Committee decided to increase base salaries for certain NEOs, modify the short-term incentive (Annual Bonus) design, and to modify the long-term incentive plan design, as shown below. • Base Salaries. For Fiscal 2020, the Committee approved the following market adjustments to position NEO salaries at or near 50th percentile market values. No increase was provided for Mr. Galvan due to his pending retirement on 8/31/2019. NEO 2019 Base Salary 2020 Base Salary % Change Timothy C. Crew ............................................................ $ 735,000 $ 757,000 3%Martin P. Galvan ............................................................. $ 415,000 $ 415,000 — Samuel H. Israel .............................................................. $ 400,000 $ 412,000 3%John Kozlowski ............................................................... $ 325,000 $ 335,000* 3%John Abt .......................................................................... $ 344,500 $ 354,500 3% * Mr. Kozlowski’s annual salary will be increased to $385,000 at the time of his promotion to the role of Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer, effective August 31, 2019 • Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus). For Fiscal 2020, target award opportunities, expressed as percentages of base salary, are the same as in Fiscal 2019. Performance metrics will also be similar to Fiscal 2019, with a revised mix that places increased emphasis on strategic objectives: Performance Metric Weighting (out of 100%) Adjusted Operating Income ......................................................... 30% Adjusted Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) ......................................... 20% Net Sales ...................................................................................... 20% Strategic Objectives ..................................................................... 20% Individual Objectives .................................................................. 10% • Long-Term Incentives. Expressed as percentages of base salary, target long-term incentive award opportunities increased to 350% for Mr. Crew, to align more closely with 50th percentile market values, and to 150% for Mr. Abt, to reflect his assumption of additional responsibilities and to align his compensation more closely with other senior executives. Target award opportunities for all other NEOs are the same as those for Fiscal 2019, as is the target value mix for all NEOs, with an equal weighting on performance shares, stock options, and restricted stock. All equity grants will be made at target award levels, with no prior year performance “look back” feature for stock options and restricted stock. This change was made to align more closely with market practice and to allow for more consistent equity grant levels going forward. Vesting periods for all equity grants in Fiscal 2020 were increased from three years to four years. Stock option and restricted stock grants will occur following the end of Fiscal 2020, with awards vesting in four equal annual increments based on continued service. For the performance share component, award opportunities can range from 0% to 200% of target levels, based on our three-year TSR relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index, as follows: Lannett Three-Year Relative TSR vs. S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index Percentage of Target Award Opportunity Earned Below 40th Percentile ......................................................................... — 40th Percentile .................................................................................... 50%50th Percentile .................................................................................... 100%80th Percentile or Higher .................................................................... 200% Following the end of the three-year performance period, any earned performance shares will vest after one additional year of continued service. Because they are tied to prospective goals, performance share grants will occur during the first 90 days of each three-year cycle. 70 REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE The Compensation Committee has reviewed, discussed and approved the CD&A as set forth above with management. Taking this review and discussion into account, the undersigned Committee members recommend to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in the annual report on Form 10-K. Paul Taveira, Chairman John Chapman David Drabik 71 COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Overview The tables and narratives set forth below provide specified information concerning the compensation of our Named Executive Officers (NEOs) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. Summary Compensation Table This table summarizes all compensation paid to or earned by our Fiscal 2019 NEOs for the years indicated to the extent they were serving as NEOs. Name and Principal Position Fiscal Year Salary Restricted Stock Awards Options Awards Non-equity incentive plan compensation All Other Compensation Total (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) Timothy Crew (1) .................. 2019 $ 735,000 $ 483,359 $ 141,002 $ 735,000 $ 40,635 $ 2,134,996 Chief Executive Officer ......... 2018 350,539 400,016 400,003 126,252 52,971 1,329,781 2017 — — — — — — Martin P. Galvan (2) .............. 2019 $ 415,000 $ 364,823 $ 104,874 $ 249,000 $ 50,477 $ 1,184,174 Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer ................................ 2018 415,000 207,505 24,997 86,730 29,513 763,745 2017 415,000 104,786 27,119 — 21,841 568,746 Samuel Israel (3) .................... 2019 $ 400,000 $ 300,969 $ 89,096 $ 240,000 $ 27,122 $ 1,057,187 Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel ................ 2018 376,923 585,010 24,997 79,931 16,980 1,083,841 2017 — — — — — — John Kozlowski (4) ................ 2019 $ 325,000 $ 219,228 $ 64,894 $ 195,000 $ 47,199 $ 851,321 Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer ................................ 2018 325,000 171,624 — 67,921 31,769 596,314 2017 — — — — — — John Abt ................................. 2019 $ 344,500 $ 144,249 $ 42,080 $ 206,700 $ 24,221 $ 761,750 Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer ............................... 2018 299,539 153,505 24,997 67,817 19,155 565,013 2017 289,632 87,289 17,706 — 20,218 414,845 (1) Mr. Crew joined the Company as CEO effective January 2, 2018. (2) Mr. Galvan will retire from the Company effective August 30, 2019. (3) Mr. Israel joined the Company as Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel effective July 15, 2017. (4) Mr. Kozlowski became an NEO in Fiscal 2018. Compensation is not shown for prior years when he was employed in a non-executive officer role. He was appointed to the role of Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer effective August 31, 2019. 72 All Other Compensation The following summarizes the components of column (g) of the Summary Compensation Table above: Name and Principal Position Fiscal Year CompanyMatch Contributions 401(k) Plan Auto Allowance Pay in Lieu ofVacation WellnessBenefit Excess LifeInsurance Relocation Reimbursement Total Timothy Crew ....................... 2019 $ 5,655 $13,500 $ 16,962 $4,250 $268 $— $40,635 Chief Executive Officer ....... 2018 6,463 6,439 — — 69 40,000 52,971 2017 — — — — — — — Martin P. Galvan .................. 2019 $ 9,896 $10,800 $ 24,740 $4,250 $791 $— $50,477 Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer ............................. 2018 9,343 10,800 8,579 — 791 — 29,513 2017 10,447 10,800 — — 594 — 21,841 Samuel Israel ........................ 2019 $ 8,727 $10,800 $ 3,077 $4,250 $268 $— $27,122 Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel ............... 2018 6,615 10,177 — — 188 — 16,980 2017 — — — — — — — John Kozlowski .................... 2019 $ 9,556 $10,800 $ 22,500 $4,250 $93 $— $47,199 Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer .............................. 2018 9,770 7,062 14,844 — 93 — 31,769 2017 — — — — — — — John Abt ............................... 2019 $ 9,033 $10,800 $ — $4,250 $138 $— $24,221 Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer .............................. 2018 8,217 10,800 — — 138 — 19,155 2017 9,275 10,800 — — 143 — 20,218 73 Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2019 Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of All Other Option Awards: Number of Exercise or Grant Date Fair Value of Name Grant Date Threshold Target Maximum Threshold ($) Target ($) Maximum ($) Stocks or Units (#) (1) (2) Securities Underlying Options (#) (1) Base Price of Option Awards Stock and Options Awards (4) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) ($/sh) (3) (i) Timothy Crew Chief Executive Officer ................................ 7/30/2018 7,684 15,368 30,736 $ 271,860 7/30/2018 17,336 $ 211,499 7/30/2018 21,626 $ 12.20 $ 141,002 Martin P. Galvan Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer ...................................... 7/30/2018 5,865 11,730 23,460 $ 207,504 7/30/2018 12,895 $ 157,319 7/30/2018 16,085 $ 12.20 $ 104,874 Samuel Israel Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel ..... 7/30/2018 4,730 9,459 18,918 $ 167,330 7/30/2018 10,954 $ 133,639 7/30/2018 13,665 $ 12.20 $ 89,096 John Kozlowski Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer ............... 7/30/2018 3,445 6,890 13,780 $ 121,884 7/30/2018 7,979 $ 97,344 7/30/2018 9,953 $ 12.20 $ 64,894 John Abt Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer ................................... 7/30/2018 2,293 4,586 9,172 $ 81,126 7/30/2018 5,174 $ 63,123 7/30/2018 6,454 $ 12.20 $ 42,080 (1) Reflects grants made in Fiscal 2019 based on Fiscal 2018 performance. All stock option and restricted stock grants vest in three equal annual increments. (2) The exercise price was equal to the Company’s closing stock price on the date of grant. (3) Stock options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Performance shares were valued using a Monte Carlo binomial model. The assumptions used in fair value calculations are described in Note 16 “Share-based Compensation,” in the Form 10-K. The grant date fair value for other stock grants reflects the number of shares multiplied by the Company’s closing stock price on the applicable date of grant. (4) Grants to Mr. Galvan will fully vest upon termination of employment per the terms of his Separation Agreement. 74 Outstanding Equity Awards at 2019 Fiscal Year End The following table sets forth information concerning the outstanding stock awards held at June 30, 2019 by each of the NEOs. The options were granted ten years prior to the option expiration date and vest over three years from that grant date. Restricted shares vest three years from the date of grant. Option Awards Stock Awards Name Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#) Option Exercise Price ($) Option Expiration Date Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested (#) Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested ($) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) Timothy Crew ................................................ 10,701 21,402 — $23.65 1/1/2028 Chief Executive Officer ................................. — 21,626 — $12.20 7/29/2028 43,980 $ 266,519 Martin P. Galvan ............................................ 40,000 — — $4.73 7/15/2021 Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer ....................................... 32,000 — — $4.16 10/25/2022 50,000 — — $13.86 9/4/2023 30,000 — — $34.77 8/11/2024 8,990 — — $59.20 7/21/2025 1,179 590 — $31.30 7/26/2026 919 1,840 — $17.40 9/21/2027 — 16,085 — $12.20 7/29/2028 34,168 $ 207,058 Samuel Israel .................................................. 919 1,840 — $17.40 9/21/2027 Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel ..................................................... — 13,665 — $12.20 7/29/2028 39,403 $ 238,782 John Kozlowski .............................................. 4,000 — — $4.16 10/25/2022 Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer ................ 9,334 — — $13.86 9/4/2023 4,200 — — $34.77 8/11/2024 — 9,953 — $12.20 7/29/2028 22,709 $ 137,617 John Abt ......................................................... 1,970 — — $59.20 7/21/2025 Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer .................................... 770 385 — $31.30 7/26/2026 919 1,840 — $17.40 9/21/2027 — 6,454 — $12.20 7/29/2028 17,300 $ 104,838 75 Options Exercised and Stock Vested During the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 The following table sets forth information concerning stock options exercised and stock awards that vested during Fiscal 2019 for each of the NEOs. Options Stock Awards Number of Shares Value Number of Value Name and Principal Position Acquired Realized Shares Acquired Realized (a) On Exercise on Exercise on Vesting on Vesting Timothy Crew ............................................................................ — $ — 5,638 $30,163 Chief Executive Officer Martin P. Galvan ....................................................................... — $ — 2,777 $28,154 Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer Samuel Israel ............................................................................. — $ — 6,074 $82,606 Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Kozlowski ......................................................................... — $ — 5,614 $44,890 Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer John Abt .................................................................................... — $ — 3,272 $26,164 Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer Employment and Separation Agreements The Company has entered into employment agreements with its current NEOs. Each of the agreements provides for an annual base salary and eligibility to receive a bonus. The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the review and approval of the Compensation Committee in accordance with the Committee’s charter as approved by the Board of Directors. Additionally, these executives are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards. In 2018, the Company amended each of the employment agreements it has entered into with its current NEOs and with other employees to confirm and clarify that nothing in the employment agreements prohibits or limits the right of any employee from providing confidential information to or otherwise communicating with the SEC or any other governmental entity or self-regulatory organization or from accepting financial awards from the SEC or any other governmental entity or self-regulatory organization. Under the terms of the employment agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability. In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay these executives severance compensation as discussed in the table below. Effective August 30, 2019, the Company will enter into a Separation Agreement and General Release with Mr. Galvan, our Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer, upon his termination of employment. The agreement provides for separation payments totaling $622,500, equal to eighteen months of Mr. Galvan’s final base salary plus a pro rata target cash bonus for Fiscal 2020 of $41,500, payable in twelve monthly installments, beginning on November 28, 2019. Mr. Galvan will also receive a pro rata cash retention bonus of $311,250, payable in December 2019. The agreement also provides for full vesting of all unvested stock options and all other equity awards, plus health benefits continuation (via reimbursement of COBRA premiums) for up to eighteen months from the date of termination. Mr. Galvan will agree to release the Company from any claims and to cooperate in the resolution of any issues pertaining to filings, investigations, or claims relating to events that occurred during his tenure with the Company. He will also agree to various restrictive covenants during the eighteen-month period following his termination of employment. 76 Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control The following table summarizes potential payments or benefits upon various termination of employment scenarios for our current NEOs as of fiscal year end and assumes that the relevant triggering event occurred on June 30, 2019. The fair market values of share-based compensation (i.e. Stock Options and Restricted Stock) were calculated using the closing price of Lannett Company, Inc. stock ($6.06) on June 28, 2019, which was the last trading day of Fiscal 2019. The “spread,” the difference between the fair market value of Lannett Company’s stock on June 28, 2019, and the option exercise price, was used for valuing stock options. Name Base Salary Continuation Annual Cash Bonus Acceleration and ExercisabilityOf Unvested Stock Option Awards AccelerationOf Unvested RestrictedStock InsuranceBenefit Continuation Other Benefits Total Timothy Crew Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2) ....................................... $ 2,205,000 $ 735,000 $ — $ 266,519 $33,561 $4,096 $ 3,244,176 For Cause (3) (4) ....................................... $ — $ 735,000 $ — $ — $— $4,096 $ 739,096 Retirement / Death / Disability (3) ............ $ — $ 735,000 $ — $ — $— $4,096 $ 739,096 Change in Control (5) ................................ $ 2,205,000 $ 735,000 $ — $ 266,519 $33,561 $4,096 $ 3,244,176 Martin P . Galvan Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2) ....................................... $ 622,500 $ 249,000 $ — $ 207,058 $39,877 $5,680 $ 1,124,115 For Cause (3) (4) ....................................... $ — $ 249,000 $ — $ — $— $5,680 $ 254,680 Retirement / Death / Disability (3) ............ $ — $ 249,000 $ — $ — $— $5,680 $ 254,680 Change in Control (5) ................................ $ 622,500 $ 249,000 $ — $ 207,058 $39,877 $5,680 $ 1,124,115 Samuel Israel Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2) ....................................... $ 600,000 $ 240,000 $ — $ 238,782 $5,000 $3,336 $ 1,087,118 For Cause (3) (4) ....................................... $ — $ 240,000 $ — $ — $— $3,336 $ 243,336 Retirement / Death / Disability (3) ............ $ — $ 240,000 $ — $ — $— $3,336 $ 243,336 Change in Control (5) ................................ $ 600,000 $ 240,000 $ — $ 238,782 $5,000 $3,336 $ 1,087,118 John Kozlowski Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2) ....................................... $ 487,500 $ 195,000 $ — $ 137,617 $35,468 $6,136 $ 861,721 For Cause (3) (4) ....................................... $ — $ 195,000 $ — $ — $— $6,136 $ 201,136 Retirement / Death / Disability (3) ............ $ — $ 195,000 $ — $ — $— $6,136 $ 201,136 Change in Control (5) ................................ $ 487,500 $ 195,000 $ — $ 137,617 $35,468 $6,136 $ 861,721 John Abt Without Cause/With Good Reason (1) (2) ....................................... $ 516,750 $ 206,700 $ — $ 104,838 $51,621 $3,880 $ 883,789 For Cause (3) (4) ....................................... $ — $ 206,700 $ — $ — $— $3,880 $ 210,580 Retirement / Death / Disability (3) ............ $ — $ 206,700 $ — $ — $— $3,880 $ 210,580 Change in Control (5) ................................ $ 516,750 $ 206,700 $ — $ 104,838 $51,621 $3,880 $ 883,789 77 (1) Each employment agreement ranges from 1-3 years and is automatically renewed unless notice is given by either party. Any non-renewal of the existing employment agreements by the Company and any resignation of the Executive with Good Reason both constitute a termination without Cause. Under the existing employment agreements base salary continuation for a period of 18-36 months, pro-rated cash bonus as if all targets and goals were achieved subject to any applicable cap on cash payments, acceleration of exercisability of unvested stock option awards, acceleration of unvested restricted stock, and insurance benefit continuation for a period of 18 months (collectively “Severance Compensation”) will only be made if the Executive executes and delivers to the Company, in a form prepared by the Company, a release of all claims against the Company and other appropriate parties, excluding the Company’s performance obligation to pay Severance Compensation and the Executive’s vested rights under the Company sponsored retirement plans, 401(k) plans and stock ownership plans (“General Release”). Severance Compensation is paid in equal monthly installments over a 12 month period to commence on the 90th day following the Termination Date provided the Executive has not revoked the General Release prior to that date. Earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date. (2) Under the existing employment agreements, Good Reason is defined as giving written notice of his resignation within thirty (30) days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Executive, of one of the following events: (A) the assignment to Executive of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with Executive’s position or a material and adverse alteration in the nature of his duties, responsibilities and/or reporting obligations, (B) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or a failure to pay any such amounts when due; or (C) the relocation of Company headquarters more than 100 miles from its current location. (3) Under the existing employment agreements, if the Executive is terminated For Cause; by death; by disability; resigns without Good Reason; or retires; earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date. (4) For Cause generally means Executive’s willful commission of an act constituting fraud, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary duty, material dishonesty with respect to the Company, gross negligence or willful misconduct in performance of Executive duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation relating to the operation of the Company, abuse of illegal drugs or other controlled substances or habitual intoxication, willful violation of published business conduct guidelines, code of ethics, conflict of interest or other similar policies, and Executive becoming under investigation by or subject to any disciplinary charges by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company (including but not limited to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)) or if any complaint is filed against the Executive by any such regulatory agency. (5) Under the existing employment agreements, a Change in Control is defined as a “change in ownership of the Company”, “a change in effective control of the Company”, or “a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets.” If the Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or resigns with Good Reason within 24 months of a Change in Control event, the Executive shall be entitled to earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items. These items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date. Additionally, the Executive shall be entitled to Severance Compensation to be paid in equal monthly installments over a 12 month period to commence on the 90th day following the Termination Date provided the Executive has not revoked the General Release prior to that date. A written notice that the Executive’s employment term is not extended within the 24-month period after a Change in Control shall be deemed a termination without Cause, unless the Executive and the Company execute a new employment agreement. 78 CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations of the SEC, we are providing the following information about the annual total compensation of our employees and the annual total compensation of our current CEO, Timothy Crew. For the year ended June 30, 2019, Mr. Crew’s total compensation, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table of this proxy, was $2,134,996 and total compensation for our median employee, as calculated in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-K, was $57,000, resulting in a ratio of 37.5 to 1. This pay ratio information has been calculated in a manner consistent with SEC regulations. For purposes of determining the median employee for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2019, we determined that as of June 19, 2019, our employee population consisted of 1,028 individuals working at our company and its consolidated subsidiaries, including 1,024 in the U.S. and 4 located in Armenia. For purposes of identifying the median employee, we excluded all 4 workers in Armenia, who represent 0.4% of our total population, as permitted under SEC guidelines. For each of the 1,023 U.S.-based employees (other than Mr. Crew), we used their annualized base salary and target cash and equity incentive awards as of June 19, 2019 as a consistently applied compensation measure to identify the median employee. We used target cash and equity incentives since actual awards for Fiscal 2019 for each employee were not yet determined. We annualized values for employees hired after July 1, 2018, the start of our fiscal year. Because the SEC rules permit significant flexibility in terms of approaches used to calculate compensation and identify the median employee, comparisons among companies may not be very meaningful, even for companies within the same industry. 79 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS Our Board of Directors is actively involved in providing strategic direction and fiduciary oversight to the Company. During Fiscal 2019 we had a total of seven Board members, which resulted in a significant workload for our directors, with our four independent directors serving on an average of three committees each. Our Board of Directors held numerous meetings and teleconferences in Fiscal 2019 in carrying out its responsibilities. The Board is actively involved in transactional due diligence, management succession planning, on-going reviews of business development activities and strategic initiatives to position the Company for future growth. The Board also established a Special Committee to address the impact of the non-renewal of the JSP contract, which met eleven times during Fiscal 2019, and a Special Shareholder Demand Committee to address various shareholder demands against the Company, which met six times during Fiscal 2019. For Fiscal 2019, our non-employee directors received a cash retainer of $90,000, payable in monthly increments of $7,500, for Board and committee service. Mr. LePore also received an additional retainer of $20,000 for serving as our Independent Non-Employee Board Chairman, and Mr. Drabik received an additional retainer of $24,000 for his central role and work on the special committees and for continued, board leadership work. No other cash retainers or meeting fees were provided other than meeting fees of $1,000 for each meeting held by the Special Shareholder Demand Committee during Fiscal 2019. Board members receive annual equity grants to recognize their service during the prior fiscal year. Grant levels may vary from year to year based on Company performance. Based on the Company’s performance and the significant efforts and contributions of our directors in Fiscal 2018, in July 2018, each then-current non-employee Board member received an award of 16,195 common shares with a grant date value of $200,008, immediately vested at grant. Mr. Drabik received an additional 2,000 shares to recognize his efforts with the new CEO search during Fiscal 2018 which allowed for a seamless leadership transition from our former CEO to Mr. Crew. These grants are shown in the table below, since they occurred in Fiscal 2019. Based on the Company’s performance and the significant efforts and contributions of our directors in Fiscal 2019, in July 2019, each non-employee Board member received an award of 33,445 common shares with a grant date value of $200,001. Grant date values for this grant will be reported in the director compensation table for Fiscal 2020, since the grant occurred after the end of Fiscal 2019. As an executive director, Mr. Crew does not receive an additional grant for board service. Effective in July 2014, the Board of Directors approved stock ownership guidelines for non-employee directors equal to three times their cash retainer. Non-employee directors must meet required ownership levels within five years of first becoming subject to the guidelines and must hold 50% of all net after-tax shares from equity grants until ownership requirements are met (or 100% of such shares if ownership levels are not met by the end of the five-year compliance period). All directors other than Mr. Paonessa, who joined the board in Fiscal 2016, and Mr. Chapman, who joined the board in Fiscal 2019, met required ownership levels as of the end of Fiscal 2019. We maintain policies that prohibit Directors from pledging Lannett stock or engaging in activity considered hedging of our common stock, and none of our Directors has pledged Lannett stock as collateral for a personal loan or other obligations. 80 The following table shows compensation information for Fiscal 2019 for non-employee members of our Board of Directors. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION Name Fees Earned Stock Awards OptionsAwards Non-Equity Incentive PlanCompensation Change in Pension Valueand NonqualifiedDeferred Compensation All Other Compensation Total (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) Jeffrey Farber .............. $ 90,000 $ 200,008 — — — — $ 290,008 David Drabik ............... $ 117,000 $ 224,708 — — — — $ 341,708 Paul Taveira ................. $ 95,000 $ 200,008 — — — — $ 295,008 Albert Paonessa III ...... $ 90,000 $ 200,008 — — — — $ 290,008 Patrick LePore ............. $ 110,000 $ 200,008 — — — — $ 310,008 John Chapman ............ $ 95,000 $ 35,006 — — — — $ 130,006 James Maher ............... $ 15,000 $ 200,008 — — — — $ 215,008 (1) Reflects grant date award value for equity grants received in Fiscal 2019 to recognize Board service in Fiscal 2018. (2) Mr. Chapman joined the Board effective July 1, 2018. (3) Mr. Maher retired from the Board in August 2018. 81 ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2019, information regarding the security ownership of the directors and certain executive officers of the Company and persons known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s common stock. Although grants of restricted stock under the Company’s 2011 and 2014 Long Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) generally vest equally over time from the grant date, the restricted shares are included below because the voting rights with respect to such restricted stock are acquired immediately upon grant. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner / Excluding Options (*) Including Options (**) Director / Executive Officer Office Shares HeldDirectly Shares Held Indirectly Total Shares Percent ofClass Number ofShares Percent of Class John M. Abt 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... VP and Chief Quality and Operations Officer 45,805 0 45,805(1) 0.11%52,920(1),(2) 0.13% Maureen Cavanaugh 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Senior VP & Chief Commercial Operations Officer 63,973 0 63,973(3) 0.16%63,973(3) 0.16% John Chapman 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Director 46,019 0 46,019 0.11%46,019 0.11% Timothy Crew 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Chief Executive Officer 181,884 0 181,884(4) 0.45%199,793(4),(5) 0.49% David Drabik 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Director 83,192 0 83,192 0.21%83,192 0.20% Robert Ehlinger 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... VP and Chief Information Officer 46,912 0 46,912(6) 0.12%79,542(6),(7) 0.20% Jeffrey Farber 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Director 2,343,614 1,918,786 4,262,400(8) 10.55%4,262,400(8) 10.48% David Farber 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... 1,885,870 2,340,929 4,226,799(9) 10.46%4,226,799(9) 10.39% Martin Galvan 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... VP of Finance and Chief Financial Officer 97,142 0 97,142(10) 0.24%278,021(10),(11)0.68% Samuel H. Israel 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel 68,283 0 68,283(12) 0.17%74,677(12),(13)0.18% John Kozlowski 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Chief of Staff & Strategy Officer 51,492 0 51,492(14) 0.13%72,343(14),(15)0.18% Patrick G. Lepore 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Chairman of the Board, Director 176,340 0 176,340 0.44%176,340 0.43% Albert Paonessa, III 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Director 73,722 0 73,722 0.18%73,722 0.18% Melissa Rewolinski 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Director 5,785 0 5,785 0.01%5,785 0.01%82 Name and Address of Beneficial Owner / Excluding Options (*) Including Options (**) Director / Executive Officer Office Shares HeldDirectly Shares Held Indirectly Total Shares Percent ofClass Number ofShares Percent of Class Paul Taveira 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 ........... Director 81,415 0 81,415 0.20% 81,415 0.20% All directors and executive officers as a group (14 persons) ............................. 3,365,578 1,918,786 5,284,364 13.08% 5,550,142 13.65% (1) Includes 33,056 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in November 2016, April 2018, July 2018 and July 2019. (2) Includes 1,970 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $59.20 per share, 1,155 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $31.30 per share, 1,839 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 and 2,151 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20. (3) Includes 58,479 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in May 2018 and July 2019. (4) Includes 152,424 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in January 2018, July 2018 and July 2019. (5) Includes 10,701 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $23.65 per share and 7,208 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share. (6) Includes 19,950 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in November 2016, July 2018 and July 2019. (7) Includes 11,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 per share, 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77 per share, 6,300 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $59.20 per share, 968 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $31.30 per share, 1,839 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 per share and 1,856 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share. (8) Includes 1,075,128 shares held by the Jeffrey Farber Family Foundation which is managed by Jeffrey Farber. Jeffrey Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 30,000 shares held by the Jeffrey and Jennifer Farber Family Foundation which is managed by Jeffrey Farber. Jeffrey Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 528,142 shares held by Farber Family LLC (“FFLLC”) which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber. David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 73,408 shares held by Jeffrey Farber as custodian for his children, 17,279 shares held as joint custodian with David Farber for a relative, and also includes 38,000 shares held by Farber Investment Company (“FIC”). Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially own 25% of FIC and each disclaim beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC. Includes 156,829 shares held by a Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, in which Jeffrey Farber is the trustee. (9) Includes 854,443 shares held by the David and Nancy Family Foundation and 574,760 shares held by the David and Nancy Philanthropic foundation. David Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 528,142 shares held by FFLLC which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber. David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 180,145 shares held by David Farber as joint custodian with his children, 148,160 shares held as trustee for his children and 17,279 shares held as joint custodian with Jeffrey Farber for a relative. David Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Also includes 38,000 shares held by FIC. Jeffrey Farber and David Farber each beneficially own 25% of FIC and each disclaim beneficial ownership of all but 9,500 shares held by FIC. (10) Includes 57,171 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in November 2016, July 2018 and July 2019. (11) Includes 40,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.73 per share, 32,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share, 50,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 per share, 40,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77 per share and 8,990 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $59.20 per share, 1,769 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $31.30 per share, 2,759 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 per share, and 5,361 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share. (12) Includes 53,588 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2017, July 2018 and July 2019. (13) Includes 1,839 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 per share and 4,555 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share (14) Includes 39,915 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in November 2016, September 2017, October 2017, July 2018 and July 2019. (15) Includes 4,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share, 9,334 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 per share, 4,200 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77 per share and 3,317 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share. * Percent of class calculation is based on 40,405,663 outstanding shares of common stock at July 31, 2019. ** Assumes that all options exercisable within sixty days after July 31, 2019 have been exercised. 83 The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2019, information regarding the names and addresses of the shareholders known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s common stock. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Number of Shares Percent of Class BlackRock, Inc. 55 East 52nd Street New York, NY 10055 ................................................................................................................ 4,765,936(1)12.1% D.E. Shaw & Co., L.P. 1166 Avenue of the Americas, 9th Floor, 6th Ave New York, NY 10036 ................................................................................................................ 3,154,618(2)8.60% LSV Asset Management 155 N Upper Wacker Dr Chicago, IL 60606 ..................................................................................................................... 2,092,352(3)5.37% (1) Based on Schedule 13G/A filed by Blackrock, Inc. with the SEC on January 31, 2019, Blackrock, Inc. has sole voting power over 4,716,168 shares, shared voting power over 0 shares, sole dispositive power over 4,765,936 shares and shared dispositive power over 0 shares. (2) Based on Schedule 13G filed by D.E. Shaw & Co., L.P. with the SEC on August 9, 2019, D.E. Shaw & Co., L.P. has sole voting power over 0 shares, shared voting power over 3,154,618 shares, sole dispositive power over 0 shares and shared dispositive power over 3,375,318 shares. (3) Based on Schedule 13G/A filed by LSV Asset Management with the SEC on February 13, 2019, LSV Asset Management has sole voting power over 1,208,163 shares, shared voting power over 0 shares, sole dispositive power over 2,092,352 shares and shared dispositive power over 0 shares. Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table summarizes the equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2019: (In thousands, except for weighted average exercise price) Plan Category Number of securities tobe issued upon exerciseof outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) Weighted averageexercise price of outstanding options, warrantsand rights (b) Number of securities remaining available forfuture issuance under equity compensation plans(excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders ........... 572 $17.56 2,784 Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders ..... — — — Total .............................................................................................. 572 $17.56 2,784 84 ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons The responsibility for the review of transactions with “related persons” (as defined below) has been assigned to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is comprised of three independent directors. “Related persons” are defined as directors and executive officers or their immediate family members or stockholders owning more than five percent of the Company’s common stock. The Audit Committee annually reviews related party transactions with any related person in which the amount exceeds $120,000. The Company had net sales of $3.8 million, $3.9 million and $3.7 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”). Jeffrey Farber, a current board member, is the owner of Auburn, which is a member of the Premier Buying Group. Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Auburn of $1.2 million and $0.6 million at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company also had net sales of $2.4 million and $1.9 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 to a generic distributor, KeySource Medical (“KeySource”), which is a member of the OptiSource Buying Group. Albert Paonessa, a current board member, was appointed the CEO of KeySource in May 2017. Accounts receivable includes amounts due from KeySource of $0.7 million and $0.5 million as of June 30, 2019 and 2018. The Company incurred expenses totaling $0.4 million and $0.3 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively, for online medical benefit services provided by a subsidiary of a variable interest entity. See Note 12 “Commitments” for more information. There were no amounts due to the variable interest entity as of June 30, 2019. The liability was not material to the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2018. As part of its review, the Audit Committee noted that the amount of net sales to Auburn approximated 0.6% of total net sales during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The Audit Committee also noted that the amount of net sales to KeySource approximated 0.4% and 0.3% of total net sales during each of the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Audit Committee reviewed an analysis of sales prices charged to Auburn and KeySource, which compared the average sales prices by product for Auburn, which is a member of the Premier Buying Group, and KeySource, which is a member of the OptiSource Buying Group, sales to the average sales prices by product to other Lannett customers during the same period. As a result of this analysis, the Audit Committee ratified the net sales made to Auburn and KeySource during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017. 85 ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Grant Thornton LLP served as the independent auditors of the Company during Fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017. No relationship exists, other than the usual relationship between independent public accountant and client. The following table identifies the fees incurred for services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP in Fiscal 2019, 2018 and 2017. (In thousands) Audit Fees Audit-Related Tax Fees (1) All Other Fees (2)Total Fees Fiscal 2019: $ 1,409 $— $ 193 $7 $1,609 Fiscal 2018: $ 1,586 $— $ 180 $26 $1,792 Fiscal 2017: $ 1,502 $— $ 167 $— $1,669 (1) Tax fees include fees paid for preparation of annual federal, state and local income tax returns, quarterly estimated income tax payments and various tax planning services. (2) Other fees include fees paid for review of various correspondences including IRS audit assistance, miscellaneous studies, etc. The non-audit services provided to the Company by Grant Thornton LLP were pre-approved by the Company’s Audit Committee. Prior to engaging its auditor to perform non-audit services, the Company’s Audit Committee reviews the particular service to be provided and the fee to be paid by the Company for such service and assesses the impact of the service on the auditor’s independence. PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 1. Consolidated Financial Statements: See accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. 2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule: Lannett Company, Inc. Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts For the years ended June 30: Description (In thousands) Balance at Beginning of Fiscal Year Charged to (Reduction of) Expense Deductions Balance at End of Fiscal Year Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 2019 ............................................................................ $1,308 $869 $(955) $ 1,222 2018 ............................................................................ 796 1,560 (1,048) 1,308 2017 ............................................................................ 610 186 — 796 Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance 2019 ............................................................................ $8,120 $5,429 $— $ 13,549 2018 ............................................................................ 6,391 1,729 — 8,120 2017 ............................................................................ 3,927 2,464 — 6,391 86 3. Exhibits: Those exhibits marked with a (*) refer to management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. Exhibit Number Description Method of Filing 2.1 Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Lannett Company, Inc., Rohit Desai, the RD Nevada Trust, Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Stoneleigh Realty, LLC, dated as of May 15, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2015 2.2 Stock Purchase Agreement among UCB S.A., UCB Manufacturing, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc. dated as of September 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 on Form 8-K dated September 4, 2015 2.3 Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 3.1 Certificate of Incorporation Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on December 6, 1991 (the “1991 Proxy Statement”). 3.2 By-Laws, as amended Incorporated by reference to the 1991 Proxy Statement. 3.3 Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated By-Laws Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2014 3.4 Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated By-Laws Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 on Form 8-K dated July 17, 2014 3.5 Updated and Amended Certificate of Incorporation Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Annual Report on 2014 Form 10-K 3.6 Updated and Amended By-Laws Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Annual Report on 2014 Form 10-K 3.7 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lannett Company Inc., as amended through January 21, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 on Form 8-K dated April 3, 2015 3.8 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lannett Company Inc., as amended through July 6, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 on Form 8-K dated July 9, 2015 4 Specimen Certificate for Common Stock Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 8 dated April 23, 1993 (Amendment No. 3 to Form 10-KSB for Fiscal 1992) (“Form 8”) 4.1 Lannett Company, Inc. Indenture. Wilmington Trust, National Association, Providing for the Issuance of Notes in Series Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 4.2 First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 25, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 4.3 Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 87 Exhibit Number Description Method of Filing 4.4 Description of Capital Stock of Lannett Company, Inc. Attached hereto 10.1 Line of Credit Note dated March 11, 1999 between the Company and First Union National Bank Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ad) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 10.2 Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Taxable Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Rate Revenue Bonds, Series of 1999 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ae) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 10.3 Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Tax-Exempt Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Revenue Bonds (Lannett Company, Inc. Project) Series of 1999 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(af) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 10.4 Letter of Credit and Agreements supporting bond issues between the Company and First Union National Bank Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ag) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 10.5* 2003 Stock Option Plan Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2002 10.6* Employment Agreement with Kevin Smith Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB 10.7* Employment Agreement with Arthur Bedrosian Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2004. 10.9 Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Siegfried (USA), Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB 10.10 Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K dated May 5, 2004 10.11* Terms of Employment Agreement with Stephen J. Kovary Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K 10.12 Agreement of Sale Between Anvil Construction Company, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K 10.13* 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 5, 2007 10.15* 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 19, 2011 10.16* Terms of Employment Agreement with Martin P. Galvan Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K dated August 11, 2011 10.17 Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated April 29, 2011 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on 2011 Form 10-K 10.18 Loan Agreement dated May 26, 2011 between the Company, the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (“PIDA”) and PIDC Financing Corporation Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on 2011 Form 10-K 10.19* Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Arthur P. Bedrosian Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 88 Exhibit Number Description Method of Filing 10.20* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Martin P. Galvan Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 10.21* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of William F. Schreck Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 10.22* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kevin Smith Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 10.23* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Ernest J. Sabo Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 10.24* Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Robert Ehlinger Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 10.25 Amendment to Agreement dated March 23, 2004 by and between Lannett Company, Inc. and Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 on Form 8-K dated August 19, 2013 10.26 Credit Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 among Lannett Company Inc., as the Borrower, Certain Financial Institutions as the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2013 10.27 Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013, among Lannett Company, Inc., the Subsidiaries of Lannett Company, Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2013 10.28* Employment Agreement of Michael Bogda dated December 1, 2014 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2014 10.29 Lender Joinder and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 21, 2015 among Lannett Company, Inc., as the Borrower, Certain Financial Institutions as the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2015 10.30* Employment Agreement of John Abt Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 on Form 10-Q dated May 8, 2015 10.31* Employment Agreement of Rohit Desai Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on 2015 Form 10-K 10.32* Employment Agreement of Dr. Mahendra Dedhiya Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Annual Report on 2015 Form 10-K 10.33 Project Orion Commitment Letter Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 on Form 8-K dated September 4, 2015 10.34* Separation Agreement and General Release between William F. Schreck and Lannett Company, Inc., dated September 11, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 on Form 8-K dated September 15, 2015 10.35 Project Orion Amended and Restated Commitment Letter Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 on Form 8-K dated September 25, 2015 89 Exhibit Number Description Method of Filing 10.36 Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 25, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.37 Credit Agreement Joinder Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.38 Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of November 25, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.39 Supplement No. 1 to the Pledge and Security Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.40 Warrant to Purchase Common Stock Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.41 Registration Rights Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.42* Separation Agreement and General Release between Michael Bogda and Lannett Company, Inc., dated April 11, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 on Form 8-K dated April 12, 2016 10.43 Amendment No. 1 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated June 17, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 on Form 8-K dated June 20, 2016 10.44 Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated June 17, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 on Form 8-K dated June 20, 2016 10.45* Employment Agreement of Samuel H. Israel Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 on Form 8-K dated July 19, 2017 10.46* Restated Employment Agreement of John Kozlowski dated October 26, 2017 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 on Form 8-K dated November 1, 2017 10.47* Employment Agreement of Timothy C. Crew effective as of January 2, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2017 10.48* Separation Agreement and General Release by and between Arthur P. Bedrosian and Lannett Company, Inc. dated January 19, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2018 10.49* Addendum to Employment Agreement of Timothy C. Crew dated March 28, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 on Form 8-K dated April 2, 2018 10.50* Employment Agreement of Maureen M. Cavanaugh effective as of May 7, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2018 10.51* Separation Agreement and General Release by and between Kevin Smith and Lannett Company, Inc. dated June 20, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2018 10.52 Amendment No. 3 to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2018, by and among Lannett Company, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and each lender party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2018 90 Exhibit Number Description Method of Filing 10.53* Form of Retention Plan Bonus Letter Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2018 10.54 Amneal Distribution and Transition Support Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 on Form 10-Q dated February 7, 2019 10.55* Separation Agreement and General Release by and between Martin Galvan and Lannett Company, Inc. dated May 22, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2019 10.56* Second Amendment to Restated Employment Agreement of John Kozlowski, dated as of July 31, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2019 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company Filed Herewith 23.1 Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP Filed Herewith 31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed Herewith 31.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed Herewith 32 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed Herewith 101.INS XBRL Instance Document 101.SCH XBRL Extension Schema Document 101.CAL XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document 101.DEF XBRL Definition Linkbase Document 101.LAB XBRL Label Linkbase Document 101.PRE XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document 91 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. LANNETT COMPANY, INC. Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Timothy C. Crew Timothy C. Crew, Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Martin P. Galvan Martin P. Galvan, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ G. Michael Landis G. Michael Landis, Senior Director of Finance and Treasurer, Principal Accounting Officer Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Patrick G. LePore Patrick G. LePore, Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Timothy C. Crew Timothy C. Crew, Director, Chief Executive Officer Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ David Drabik David Drabik, Director, Chairman of Governance and Nominating Committee Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Paul Taveira Paul Taveira, Director, Chairman of Compensation Committee Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Melissa Rewolinski Melissa Rewolinski, Director Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ John C. Chapman John C. Chapman, Director, Chairman of Audit Committee Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Albert Paonessa III Albert Paonessa III, Director, Chairman of Strategic Planning Committee Date: August 28, 2019 By: /s/ Jeffrey Farber Jeffrey Farber, Director 92 Index to Consolidated Financial Statements Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting ......................................................................................... 93Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ....................................................................................................... 94Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 ........................................................................................................ 96Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ........................................... 97Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ........... 98Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ........ 99Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .......................................... 100Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the three Fiscal Years ended June 30, 2019 ..................................................... 102 93 Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management of Lannett Company Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control framework was designed to provide the Company’s management and Board of Directors, reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) in conducting its assessment as of June 30, 2019. As a result of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of June 30, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton, LLP, has issued its report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019. Grant Thornton LLP’s opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on page 95 of this Form 10-K. 94 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lannett Company, Inc. Opinion on the financial statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated August 28, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion. Basis for opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000. Iselin, New Jersey August 28, 2019 95 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Lannett Company, Inc. Opinion on internal control over financial reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2019, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June 30, 2019, and our report dated August 28, 2019 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. Basis for opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP Iselin, New Jersey August 28, 2019 96 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share and per share data) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents ................................................................................................. $140,249 $ 98,586 Accounts receivable, net ................................................................................................... 164,752 252,651 Inventories ......................................................................................................................... 143,971 141,635 Prepaid income taxes ......................................................................................................... — 15,159 Assets held for sale ............................................................................................................ 9,671 13,976 Other current assets ........................................................................................................... 13,606 4,863 Total current assets ........................................................................................................ 472,249 526,870 Property, plant and equipment, net................................................................................... 186,670 233,247 Intangible assets, net ........................................................................................................... 411,229 424,425 Goodwill ............................................................................................................................... — 339,566 Deferred tax assets .............................................................................................................. 109,305 22,063 Other assets .......................................................................................................................... 7,960 29,133 TOTAL ASSETS $1,187,413 $ 1,575,304 LIABILITIES Current liabilities: Accounts payable .............................................................................................................. $13,493 $ 56,767 Accrued expenses .............................................................................................................. 5,805 7,425 Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses .................................................................. 19,924 7,819 Rebates payable ................................................................................................................. 46,175 49,400 Royalties payable .............................................................................................................. 16,215 5,955 Restructuring liability ........................................................................................................ 2,315 6,706 Other current liabilities ..................................................................................................... 3,652 — Income tax payable ........................................................................................................... 2,198 — Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt ......................................... 66,845 66,845 Total current liabilities .................................................................................................. 176,622 200,917 Long-term debt, net ............................................................................................................. 662,203 772,425 Other liabilities .................................................................................................................... 14,547 3,047 TOTAL LIABILITIES 853,372 976,389 Commitments and contingencies (Note 11 and 12) .................................................................. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common stock ($0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 38,969,518 and 38,256,839 shares issued; 38,010,714 and 37,380,517 shares outstanding at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively) .............................................................................. 39 38 Additional paid-in capital ................................................................................................... 317,023 306,817 Retained earnings ................................................................................................................ 32,075 306,464 Accumulated other comprehensive loss ............................................................................ (615) (515)Treasury stock (958,804 and 876,322 shares at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively) .... (14,481) (13,889)Total stockholders’ equity ............................................................................................. 334,041 598,915 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $1,187,413 $ 1,575,304 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 97 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In thousands, except share and per share data) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 2018 2017 Net sales ..................................................................................................... $655,407 $684,563 $ 637,341 Settlement agreement ............................................................................... — — (4,000)Total net sales ........................................................................................... 655,407 684,563 633,341 Cost of sales ............................................................................................... 379,601 363,729 300,030 Amortization of intangibles ..................................................................... 32,196 32,128 32,098 Gross profit ............................................................................................... 243,610 288,706 301,213 Operating expenses: Research and development expenses ..................................................... 38,807 29,196 42,073 Selling, general and administrative expenses ........................................ 87,648 82,196 73,477 Acquisition and integration-related expenses ........................................ — 83 3,965 Restructuring expenses ........................................................................... 4,095 7,061 7,168 Loss on sale of intangible asset .............................................................. — 15,514 — Asset impairment charges ...................................................................... 375,381 24,960 88,084 Total operating expenses .................................................................... 505,931 159,010 214,767 Operating income (loss) ........................................................................... (262,321) 129,696 86,446 Other income (loss): Loss on extinguishment of debt ............................................................. (448) — — Investment income ................................................................................. 3,166 4,753 3,768 Interest expense ...................................................................................... (84,624) (85,634) (89,420)Other ....................................................................................................... (2,018) 2,278 (244)Total other loss ................................................................................... (83,924) (78,603) (85,896)Income (loss) before income taxes........................................................... (346,245) 51,093 550 Income tax expense (benefit) ................................................................... (74,138) 22,403 1,097 Net income (loss) ....................................................................................... (272,107) 28,690 (547)Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest ....................... — — 34 Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. .................... $(272,107) $28,690 $ (581) Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.: Basic ....................................................................................................... $(7.20) $0.77 $ (0.02)Diluted .................................................................................................... $(7.20) $0.75 $ (0.02) Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic ....................................................................................................... 37,779,812 37,127,306 36,812,524 Diluted .................................................................................................... 37,779,812 38,162,514 36,812,524 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 98 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 2018 2017 Net income (loss) .......................................................................................... $(272,107) $28,690 $ (547)Other comprehensive income (loss), before taxes: Foreign currency translation gain (loss) .................................................... (100) (293) 73 Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes ......................... (100) (293) 73 Comprehensive income (loss) ..................................................................... (272,207) 28,397 (474)Less: Total comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest ................................................................................................... — — 34 Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. .......................................................................................... $(272,207) $28,397 $ (508) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (In thousands) Stockholders’ Equity Attributable to Lannett Company Inc. Accumulated Stockholders’ Common Stock Additional Other Equity Total Shares Paid-In Retained Comprehensive Treasury Attributable to Noncontrolling Stockholders’ Issued Amount Capital Earnings Income (loss) Stock Lannett Co., Inc. Interest Equity Balance, June 30, 2016 ...................... 37,150 $37 $283,301 $278,355 $(295) $(7,349) $554,049 $408 $554,457 Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans ......................... 378 — 2,818 — — — 2,818 — 2,818 Share-based compensation .................. — — 7,719 — — — 7,719 — 7,719 Purchase of noncontrolling interest ..... — — (1,058) — — — (1,058)(442) (1,500)Purchase of treasury stock ................... — — — — — (1,898) (1,898)— (1,898)Other comprehensive income, net of income tax ............................. — — — — 73 — 73 — 73 Net loss ................................................ — — — (581) — — (581)34 (547) Balance, June 30, 2017 ...................... 37,528 $37 $292,780 $277,774 $(222) $(9,247) $561,122 $— $561,122 Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans ..... 729 1 4,141 — — — 4,142 — 4,142 Share-based compensation .................. — — 9,896 — — — 9,896 — 9,896 Purchase of treasury stock ................... — — — — — (4,642) (4,642)— (4,642)Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax ....................................... — — — — (293) — (293)— (293)Net income .......................................... — — — 28,690 — — 28,690 — 28,690 Balance, June 30, 2018 ...................... 38,257 $38 $306,817 $306,464 $(515) $(13,889) $598,915 $— $598,915 Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans ..... 713 1 1,179 — — — 1,180 — 1,180 Share-based compensation .................. — — 9,027 — — — 9,027 — 9,027 Purchase of treasury stock ................... — — — — — (592) (592)— (592)Other comprehensive loss, net of income tax ................................... — — — — (100) — (100)— (100)ASC 606 adjustment ............................ — — — (2,282) — — (2,282)— (2,282)Net loss ................................................ — — — (272,107) — — (272,107)— (272,107) Balance, June 30, 2019 ...................... 38,970 $39 $317,023 $32,075 $(615) $(14,481) $334,041 $— $334,041 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 99 100 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 2018 2017 OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income (loss) .................................................................................................. $ (272,107) $ 28,690 $ (547) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization .......................................................................... 55,594 55,115 55,340 Deferred income tax expense (benefit) ............................................................. (87,242) 30,690 (305) Share-based compensation ................................................................................ 9,027 9,896 7,719 Asset impairment charges ................................................................................. 375,381 24,960 88,084 Loss on sale/disposal of assets .......................................................................... 1,559 848 290 Loss (gain) on investment securities ................................................................. — (3,313) (2,914) Loss on extinguishment of debt ........................................................................ 448 — — Loss on sale of intangible asset ......................................................................... — 15,514 — Amortization of debt discount and other debt issuance costs ........................... 17,641 21,866 20,577 Other noncash expenses .................................................................................... 2,579 5 1,889 Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash, net of acquisitions: Accounts receivable, net ................................................................................... 84,949 (48,585) 1,701 Inventories ......................................................................................................... (2,336) (19,031) (7,700) Prepaid income taxes/Income taxes payable ..................................................... 18,319 2,174 (17,748) Other assets ....................................................................................................... 2,643 (2,287) 1,916 Rebates payable ................................................................................................ (3,225) 4,807 14,369 Royalties payable .............................................................................................. 10,260 2,940 (2,112) Restructuring liability ....................................................................................... (4,391) 1,275 1,301 Settlement liability ............................................................................................ — — 1,000 Accounts payable .............................................................................................. (43,274) (4,953) 5,000 Accrued expenses .............................................................................................. (1,620) (5,074) 3,252 Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses .................................................. 12,105 2,986 (5,739) Net cash provided by operating activities .................................................... 176,310 118,523 165,373 INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of property, plant and equipment ......................................................... (24,340) (52,316) (48,694) Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment ........................................... 14,450 28 112 Proceeds from sale of outstanding loan to Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) ........ 5,600 — — Advance to VIE ..................................................................................................... — (10,254) — Purchases of intangible assets ............................................................................... (3,000) (19,038) — Proceeds from sale of investment securities .......................................................... — 94,047 67,828 Purchase of investment securities .......................................................................... — (63,643) (77,911) Net cash used in investing activities ............................................................. (7,290) (51,176) (58,665) FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Repayments of short-term borrowings and long-term debt ................................... (126,743) (85,705) (178,233) Purchase of noncontrolling interest ....................................................................... — — (1,500) Acquisition-related contingent consideration ........................................................ — — (35,000) Proceeds from issuance of stock ........................................................................... 1,180 4,142 2,818 Payment of debt issuance costs ............................................................................. (1,102) — — Purchase of treasury stock ..................................................................................... (592) (4,642) (1,898) Net cash used in financing activities ............................................................ (127,257) (86,205) (213,813) Effect on cash and cash equivalents of changes in foreign exchange rates ....................................................................................................... (100) (293) 73 NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ....... 41,663 (19,151) (107,032) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD .................... 98,586 117,737 224,769 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD ................................... $ 140,249 $ 98,586 $ 117,737 101 Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 2018 2017 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid (net of amounts capitalized of $0, $1.6 million and $1.3 million for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively) ..................................................................................... $66,750 $63,563 $67,115 Income taxes paid (refunded) ................................................................................ $(4,641) $(6,559) $19,150 Credits issued pursuant to Settlement Agreement ................................................. $— $17,000 $5,000 Andor Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Andor”) License Agreement acquisition ...................................................................................... $16,000 $— $— Accrued purchases of property, plant and equipment ........................................... $765 $3,572 $446 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 102 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 1. The Business and Nature of Operations Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Lannett”) primarily develop, manufacture, package, market and distribute solid oral and extended release (tablets and capsules), topical, nasal and oral solution finished dosage forms of drugs that address a wide range of therapeutic areas. Certain of these products are manufactured by others and distributed by the Company. The Company operates pharmaceutical manufacturing plants in Carmel, New York and Seymour, Indiana. The Company’s customers include generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug stores, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company ceased manufacturing functions at its State Road facility in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The Company discontinued distribution from its Townsend Road facility in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania as of January 31, 2019. The Company has entered into an agreement to sell its Townsend Road facility and expects to finalize the sale in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020. Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Principles of consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Lannett Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Business Combinations Acquired businesses are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at the date of acquisition at their respective estimated fair values. The fair values and useful lives assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on, among other factors, the expected future period of benefit of the asset, the various characteristics of the asset and projected future cash flows. Significant judgment is employed in determining the assumptions utilized as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent measurement period. Accordingly, changes in assumptions described above could have a material impact on our consolidated results of operations. Reclassifications Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial statement presentation. Use of estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions are required in the determination of revenue recognition specifically for variable consideration related to sales deductions for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments including a provision for the Company’s liability under the Medicare Part D program. Additionally, significant estimates and assumptions are required when determining the fair value of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and share-based compensation. Because of the inherent subjectivity and complexity involved in these estimates and assumptions, actual results could differ from those estimates. 103 Foreign currency translation The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. Dollars, the reporting currency of the Company. The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiary are maintained in local currency and translated into U.S. dollars at the end of each reporting period. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. The adjustments resulting from the use of differing exchange rates are recorded as part of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under Other income (loss). Amounts recorded due to foreign currency fluctuations are immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash and cash equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities less than or equal to three months at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value, and consist of bank deposits and certificates of deposit that are readily convertible into cash. The Company maintains its cash deposits and cash equivalents at well-known, stable financial institutions. Such amounts frequently exceed insured limits. Investment securities The Company’s investment securities consisted of publicly-traded equity securities which are classified as trading investments. Investment securities are recorded at fair value based on quoted market prices from broker or dealer quotations or transparent pricing sources at each reporting date. Realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under Other income (loss). In May 2018, the Company liquidated the remainder of the investment securities portfolio. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company did not own investment securities. Allowance for doubtful accounts The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses. The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts by considering a number of factors, including the length of time balances are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligations to the Company and the condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are determined to be uncollectible. Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value by the first-in, first-out method. Inventories are regularly reviewed and write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on current inventory levels, expiration date and estimated sales forecasts. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Repairs and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred. Intangible Assets Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives which commences upon shipment of the product, generally for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are tested at least annually for impairment. Costs to renew or extend the term of a recognized intangible asset are expensed as incurred. Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Intangible Assets other than Goodwill The Company’s long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment and definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If a triggering event is determined to have occurred, the asset’s carrying value is compared to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by 104 the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows of the asset, then impairment exists. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or triggering events indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, which in most cases is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. Discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. In-Process Research and Development Amounts allocated to in-process research and development in connection with a business combination are recorded at fair value and are considered indefinite-lived intangible assets subject to impairment testing in accordance with the Company’s impairment testing policy for indefinite-lived intangible assets. As products in development are approved for sale, amounts will be allocated to product rights and will be amortized over their estimated useful lives. Definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the expected lives of the related assets. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of in-process research and development, as well as asset lives, can materially impact our results of operations. The Company’s fair value assessments are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. Goodwill Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired, is carried at cost. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis on the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or triggering events indicate that the asset might be impaired. The Company utilized a quantitative assessment to determine the fair value of our reporting unit (generic pharmaceuticals). If the carrying value of our reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the difference will be recorded as a goodwill impairment, not to exceed the carrying amount of goodwill. The Company’s fair value assessments are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value of goodwill can materially impact our results of operations. Segment Information The Company operates in one reportable segment, generic pharmaceuticals. As such, the Company aggregates its financial information for all products. The following table identifies the Company’s net sales by medical indication for fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017: (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, Medical Indication 2019 2018 2017 Antibiotic .................................................................................................... $15,391 $14,509 $ 16,748 Anti-Psychosis ............................................................................................ 73,453 59,557 58,625 Cardiovascular ............................................................................................ 101,467 64,011 50,628 Central Nervous System ............................................................................. 34,170 31,789 39,451 Gallstone ..................................................................................................... 9,604 20,280 48,600 Gastrointestinal ........................................................................................... 48,566 60,294 71,887 Glaucoma .................................................................................................... 3,021 6,540 18,763 Migraine ..................................................................................................... 41,592 54,015 29,014 Muscle Relaxant ......................................................................................... 12,344 13,496 13,636 Pain Management ....................................................................................... 28,210 23,036 26,135 Respiratory ................................................................................................. 3,418 7,891 10,516 Thyroid Deficiency .................................................................................... 197,522 245,929 174,005 Urinary ........................................................................................................ 6,783 8,661 14,695 Other ........................................................................................................... 56,507 54,720 47,196 Contract manufacturing revenue ................................................................ 23,359 19,835 17,442 Net sales ................................................................................................. 655,407 684,563 637,341 Settlement agreement ................................................................................. — — (4,000)Total net sales ......................................................................................... $655,407 $684,563 $ 633,341 105 Customer, Supplier and Product Concentration The following table presents the percentage of total net sales, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, for certain of the Company’s products, defined as products containing the same active ingredient or combination of ingredients, which accounted for at least 10% of total net sales in any of those periods: June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Product 1 ..................................................................................................... 30% 36% 27% Product 2 ..................................................................................................... 10% 8% 9% The following table presents the percentage of total net sales, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, for certain of the Company’s customers which accounted for at least 10% of total net sales in any of those periods: June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Customer A ................................................................................................. 21% 29% 28%Customer B ................................................................................................. 18% 17% 21%Customer C ................................................................................................. 12% —% —%Customer D ................................................................................................. 10% 5% 6% The Company’s primary finished goods inventory supplier through March 23, 2019 was Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“JSP”), in Bohemia, New York. Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for 29%, 37% and 36% of the Company’s inventory purchases in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. See Note 20 “Material Contracts with Suppliers” for more information. Revenue Recognition On July 1, 2018, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which superseded ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when (or as) we satisfy our performance obligations by transferring a promised good or service to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is expected to be entitled. Our revenue consists almost entirely of sales of our pharmaceutical products to customers, whereby we ship product to a customer pursuant to a purchase order. Revenue contracts such as these do not generally give rise to contract assets or contract liabilities because: (i) the underlying contracts generally have only a single performance obligation and (ii) we do not generally receive consideration until the performance obligation is fully satisfied. The new revenue standard impacts the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition by requiring recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements to change from “upon shipment or delivery” to “over time.” However, the recognition of these arrangements over time does not currently have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method. Refer to the “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” section of this footnote for further discussion of the impact of the adoption. When revenue is recognized, a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other potential adjustments. These provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers and other factors known to management at the time of accrual. Accruals for provisions are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserve presented as a reduction of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable, depending on the nature of the reserve. Provisions for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments require varying degrees of subjectivity. While rebates generally are based on contractual terms and require minimal estimation, chargebacks and returns require management to make more subjective assumptions. Each major category is discussed in detail below: Chargebacks The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue. The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains and mail-order pharmacies. The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes and group purchasing 106 organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.” The Company enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products. The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products. If the price paid by the indirect customers is lower than the price paid by the wholesaler, the Company will provide a credit, called a chargeback, to the wholesaler for the difference between the contractual price with the indirect customers and the wholesaler purchase price. The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels. As sales to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen and McKesson increase (decrease), the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase (decrease). However, the size of the increase (decrease) depends on product mix and the amount of sales made to indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements. The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks may differ from the actual chargeback reserve. Rebates Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales. These rebate programs provide customers with credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period. Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers. Additionally, as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the Company participates in a new cost-sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand drugs and certain generic drugs if their Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval was granted under a New Drug Application (“NDA”) or 505(b) NDA versus an Abbreviated New Drug application (“ANDA’). Because our drugs used for the treatment of thyroid deficiency and our Morphine Sulfate Oral Solution product were both approved by the FDA as 505(b)(2) NDAs, they are considered “brand” drugs for purposes of the PPACA. Drugs purchased within the Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) result in additional rebates. The Company estimates the reserve for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement when revenue is recognized. The reserve for rebates increases (decreases) as sales to certain wholesale and retail customers increase (decrease). However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of sales to customers that are eligible to receive rebates. Returns Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within a specified time period prior to and subsequent to the product’s expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases. The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return. The Company estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, credit terms and any extenuating circumstances known to management. While historical experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, future returns may or may not follow historical trends. The Company continually monitors the reserve for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product returns may differ from the established reserve. Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase. Other Adjustments Other adjustments consist primarily of “price adjustments,” also known as “shelf-stock adjustments” and “price protections,” which are both credits issued to reflect increases or decreases in the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products. In the case of a price decrease, a credit is given for product remaining in customer’s inventories at the time of the price reduction. Contractual price protection results in a similar credit when the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products increase, effectively allowing customers to purchase products at previous prices for a specified period of time. Amounts recorded for estimated shelf-stock adjustments and price protections are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated changes in market prices and estimates of inventory held by customers. The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available. Other adjustments also include prompt payment discounts and “failure-to-supply” adjustments. If the Company is unable to fulfill certain customer orders, the customer can purchase products from our competitors at their prices and charge the Company for any difference in our contractually agreed upon prices. Cost of Sales, including Amortization of Intangibles Cost of sales includes all costs related to bringing products to their final selling destination, which includes direct and indirect costs, such as direct material, labor and overhead expenses. Additionally, cost of sales includes product royalties, depreciation, amortization and costs to renew or extend recognized intangible assets, freight charges and other shipping and handling expenses. 107 Research and Development Expenses Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, including all production costs until a drug candidate is approved by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). Research and development expenses include costs associated with internal projects as well as costs associated with third-party research and development contracts. Contingencies Loss contingencies, including litigation-related contingencies, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the Company concludes that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. Legal fees for litigation-related matters are expensed as incurred and included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the Selling, general and administrative expense line item. Restructuring Costs The Company records charges associated with approved restructuring plans to remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure associated with business acquisitions or to simplify business processes. Restructuring charges can include severance costs to eliminate a specified number of employees, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate operations and contract cancellation costs. The Company records restructuring charges based on estimated employee terminations, site closure and consolidation plans. The Company accrues severance and other employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that a liability exists and the amount is reasonably estimable. Share-Based Compensation Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period, using a straight-line method, based on the fair value of the instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for expected forfeitures. The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of stock options, the stock price on the grant date to value restricted stock and the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of performance-based shares. The Black-Scholes valuation and Monte-Carlo simulation models include various assumptions, including the expected volatility, the expected life of the award, dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate as well as performance assumptions of peer companies. These assumptions involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control. Changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Self-Insurance Effective January 1, 2017, the Company self-insures for certain employee medical and prescription benefits. The Company also maintains stop loss coverage with third party insurers to limit its total liability exposure. The liability for self-insured risks is primarily calculated using independent third party actuarial valuations which take into account actual claims, claims growth and claims incurred but not yet reported. Actual experience, including claim frequency and severity as well as health-care inflation, could result in different liabilities than the amounts currently recorded. The liability for self-insured risks under this plan was not material to the consolidated financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2019 and 2018. Income Taxes The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes as prescribed by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740, Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effects of changes in tax laws or enacted tax rates in the period during which they are signed into law. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization are the Company’s forecast of future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The authoritative accounting standards also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures. 108 On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cut and Jobs Act legislation (“2017 Tax Reform”) into law, which included a broad range of tax reform provisions affecting businesses, including corporate tax rates, business deductions and international tax provisions. Many of these provisions significantly differ from current U.S. tax law, resulting in pervasive financial reporting implications. As a result of the new law, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118 (“SAB 118”) to address the application of U.S. GAAP in situations when a registrant does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete the accounting for certain income tax effects of 2017 Tax Reform. SAB 118 required registrants to report the tax effects of 2017 Tax Reform, inclusive of provisional amounts for which the accounting is incomplete but a reasonable estimate can be determined. SAB 118 also allowed for a measurement period of up to one year in cases where a registrant reports a provisional amount or is unable to reasonably estimate the impact of 2017 Tax Reform. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company finalized the provisional amounts without any further adjustments, in accordance with the expiration of the SAB 118 measurement period. Earnings (Loss) Per Common ShareBasic earnings (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period including additional shares that would have been outstanding related to potentially dilutive securities. These potentially dilutive securities consist of stock options, unvested restricted stock and performance-based shares. Anti-dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation. Dilutive shares are also excluded in the calculation in periods of net loss because the effect of including such securities would be anti-dilutive. Comprehensive Income (Loss)Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity during a period except those that resulted from investments by or distributions to the Company’s stockholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss), but excluded from net income as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity. Recent Accounting PronouncementsIn May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09, which created ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The authoritative guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Based on a review of the contracts representing a substantial portion of our revenues, which is primarily generated from product sales, the Company determined that the updated guidance does not have a material impact on our disclosures or the timing and recognition of our revenues. Under the new standard, the Company estimates certain amounts as variable consideration, specifically any “failure-to-supply” adjustments at the point of product sale in future periods. The new revenue standard also impacts the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition by requiring recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements to change from “upon shipment or delivery” to “over time.” However, the recognition of these arrangements over time does not currently have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. The cumulative impact of the adoption of ASC 606 resulted in a $2.3 million adjustment, net of tax, to opening retained earnings on July 1, 2018. In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases. ASU 2016-02 requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and liabilities on its balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose quantitative and qualitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. ASU 2016-02 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that reporting period and requires a modified retrospective application, with early adoption permitted. In December 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-20, Leases — Narrow Scope Improvements for lessors, which allows entities to choose an additional transition method of adoption, under which an entity initially applies the new standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company is in the process of finalizing the analysis of its lease portfolio and updating its accounting policies to comply with this standard. Upon adoption, the Company expects to recognize an initial right-of-use asset and lease liability on its consolidated balance sheet of approximately $6 million to $8 million as of July 1, 2019. 109 In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. ASU 2016-15 addresses how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The standard was adopted on July 1, 2018 and did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Note 3. Restructuring ChargesCody Restructuring ProgramOn June 29, 2018, the Company announced a restructuring plan related to the future of Cody Laboratories, Inc. and the Company’s operations (the “Cody Restructuring Plan”). The plan focuses on a more select set of opportunities which will result in streamlined operations, improved efficiencies and a reduced cost structure. The Company incurred approximately $2.5 million of severance and employee-related costs under this plan. In addition, the Company recorded a $21.5 million non-cash impairment charge in connection with the Cody Restructuring Plan relating to the facility, equipment and other plant-related assets primarily associated with the expansion project at Cody Labs. The expenses associated with the Cody Restructuring Plan included in restructuring expenses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 were as follows: (In thousands)Fiscal Year EndedJune 30, 2019 Employee separation costs ......................................................................................................... $(585)Facility closure costs .................................................................................................................. —Total ............................................................................................................................................ $(585)A reconciliation of the changes in restructuring liabilities associated with the Cody Restructuring Plan from June 30, 2018 through June 30, 2019 is set forth in the following table: (In thousands)Employee Separation CostsFacility ClosureCosts Total Balance at June 30, 2018 ............................................... $3,092 $— $3,092 Restructuring Charges ................................................... (585) — (585)Payments ....................................................................... (2,399) — (2,399)Balance at June 30, 2019 ............................................... $108 — $108 Cody API Restructuring PlanIn September 2018, the Company approved a plan to sell the active pharmaceutical ingredient manufacturing distribution business of Cody Labs (the “Cody API business”). The Company was unable to sell the Cody API business as an ongoing operation and now intends to sell the real estate utilized by the Cody API business upon receiving approval of the Company’s cocaine hydrochloride solution Section 505(b)(2) NDA application and to have Cody Labs cease all operations. In June 2019, the Company approved the Cody API Restructuring Plan. In connection with the Cody API Restructuring Plan, there has been a reduction of almost 70 positions at Cody Labs. The Company expects that the actions contemplated under the Cody API Restructuring Plan will be substantially completed by September 30, 2019. In July 2019, the Company completed the sale of the equipment associated with the Cody API business for approximately $3.0 million. The Company currently estimates that it will incur approximately $6.0 million of total costs to implement the Cody API Restructuring Plan, including approximately $3.5 million of severance and employee-related costs and approximately $2.0 million of contract termination costs, as well as approximately $0.5 million of costs to be incurred in connection with moving equipment and other property to other Company-owned facilities that were originally anticipated to be incurred in connection with the Cody Restructuring Plan announced in June 2018 but that have not yet been incurred thereunder. The expenses associated with the Cody API Restructuring Plan included in restructuring expenses during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 were as follows: (In thousands)Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 Employee separation costs .................................................................................................... $2,430 Facility closure costs ............................................................................................................. —Total ....................................................................................................................................... $2,430 110 A reconciliation of the changes in restructuring liabilities associated with the Cody API Restructuring Plan from June 30, 2018 through June 30, 2019 is set forth in the following table: (In thousands) Employee Separation Costs Contract Termination Costs Facility Closure Costs Total Balance at June 30, 2018 ........ $ — $ — $— $— Restructuring Charges ............ 2,430 — — 2,430 Payments ................................ (223) — — (223)Balance at June 30, 2019 ........ $ 2,207 $ — — $2,207 2016 Restructuring Program On February 1, 2016, in connection with the acquisition of KUPI, the Company announced a plan related to the future integration of KUPI and the Company’s operations (the “2016 Restructuring Program”). The plan focused on the closure of KUPI’s corporate functions and the consolidation of manufacturing, sales, research and development and distribution functions. The restructuring activities under the 2016 Restructuring Program were completed as of March 31, 2019. The Company incurred an aggregate of approximately $21.0 million in restructuring charges for actions that have been announced or communicated since the 2016 Restructuring Program began. Of this amount, approximately $11.0 million related to employee separation costs, approximately $1.0 million relates to contract termination costs and approximately $9.0 million related to facility closure costs and other actions. The expenses associated with the restructuring program included in restructuring expenses during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 were as follows: (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2019 Fiscal Year EndedJune 30, 2018 Employee separation costs ............................................................................ $1,084 $246 Contract termination costs ............................................................................. — — Facility closure costs ..................................................................................... 1,166 3,723 Total ............................................................................................................... $2,250 $3,969 A reconciliation of the changes in restructuring liabilities associated with the 2016 Restructuring Program from June 30, 2017 through June 30, 2019 is set forth in the following table: (In thousands) Employee Separation Costs Contract Termination Costs Facility ClosureCosts Total Balance at June 30, 2017 .................. $ 5,431 $— $ — $ 5,431 Restructuring Charges ...................... 246 — 3,723 3,969 Payments .......................................... (2,063) — (3,723) (5,786)Balance at June 30, 2018 .................. 3,614 — — 3,614 Restructuring Charges ...................... 1,084 — 1,166 2,250 Payments .......................................... (4,698) — (1,166) (5,864)Balance at June 30, 2019 .................. $ — $— $ — $ — Note 4. Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable consisted of the following components at June 30, 2019 and 2018: (In thousands) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Gross accounts receivable ............................................................................................... $ 361,323 $503,175 Less Chargebacks reserve ............................................................................................... (89,567) (153,034)Less Rebates reserve ....................................................................................................... (32,099) (33,102)Less Returns reserve ........................................................................................................ (55,554) (43,059)Less Other deductions ..................................................................................................... (18,128) (20,021)Less Allowance for doubtful accounts ............................................................................ (1,223) (1,308)Accounts receivable, net ............................................................................................. $ 164,752 $252,651 111 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other deductions of $1.0 billion, $250.6 million, $42.0 million and $67.3 million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other deductions of $1.1 billion, $296.8 million, $24.0 million and $69.9 million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other deductions of $881.3 million, $297.0 million, $25.4 million and $53.4 million, respectively. The following table identifies the activity and ending balances of each major category of revenue-related reserve for fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017: Reserve Category (In thousands) Chargebacks Rebates Returns Other Total Balance at June 30, 2016 ................................... $ 86,495 $54,084 $ 40,593 $16,851 $198,023 Additions related to the KUPI acquisition ........ — 8,329 5,955 — 14,284 Current period provision ................................... 881,283 297,050 25,416 53,398 1,257,147 Credits issued during the period ........................ (888,241) (271,847) (29,829) (59,153) (1,249,070)Balance at June 30, 2017 ................................... 79,537 87,616 42,135 11,096 220,384 Current period provision ................................... 1,141,995 296,784 24,024 69,898 1,532,701 Credits issued during the period ........................ (1,068,498) (301,898) (23,100) (60,973) (1,454,469)Balance at June 30, 2018 ................................... 153,034 82,502 43,059 20,021 298,616 Adjustment related to adoption of ASC 606 ..... — — — 3,536 3,536 Current period provision ................................... 1,047,192 250,555 41,982 67,344 1,407,073 Credits issued during the period ........................ (1,110,659) (254,783) (29,487) (72,773) (1,467,702)Balance at June 30, 2019 ................................... $ 89,567 $78,274 $ 55,554 $18,128 $241,523 For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, as a percentage of gross sales the provision for chargebacks was 51.4%, 52.0% and 47.0%, respectively, the provision for rebates was 12.3%, 13.5% and 15.8%, respectively, the provision for returns was 2.1%, 1.1% and 1.4%, respectively and the provision for other adjustments was 3.3%, 3.2% and 2.8%, respectively. On July 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 606 which resulted in a $3.2 million pre-tax adjustment to opening retained earnings and accounts receivable, of which $3.5 million related to “failure-to-supply” reserves offset by $0.3 million related to the timing of recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements. The decrease in total reserves from June 30, 2018 to June 30, 2019 was primarily due to the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement, which resulted in lower Levothyroxine-related chargebacks at June 30, 2019 as compared to June 30, 2018. Increased customer orders in June 2018 in advance of a mid-week holiday as well as a related maintenance shutdown of the Company’s Seymour, Indiana manufacturing facility in the first week of July 2018 also contributed to the decrease in the chargebacks reserve. The activity in the “Other” category includes shelf-stock, shipping and other sales adjustments including prompt payment discounts and “failure-to-supply” adjustments. Historically, we have not recorded any material amounts in the current period related to reversals or additions of prior period reserves. If the Company were to record a material reversal or addition of any prior period reserve amount, it would be separately disclosed. Note 5. Inventories Inventories at June 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following: (In thousands) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Raw Materials ............................................................................................... $56,740 $64,647 Work-in-process ........................................................................................... 18,988 19,983 Finished Goods ............................................................................................. 68,243 57,005 Total .......................................................................................................... $143,971 $141,635 Inventory balances were written-down by $20.7 million and $11.9 million at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for excess and obsolete inventory amounts. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded write-downs to net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventory of $21.8 million, $12.2 million and $10.4 million, respectively. 112 Note 6. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following: (In thousands) Useful Lives June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Land .................................................................................. — $1,783 $2,900 Building and improvements ............................................. 10 - 39 years 87,609 105,041 Machinery and equipment ................................................ 5 - 10 years 156,166 173,988 Furniture and fixtures ....................................................... 5 - 7 years 3,105 4,099 Less accumulated depreciation ......................................... (83,424) (89,996) 165,239 196,032 Construction in progress ................................................... 21,431 37,215 Property, plant and equipment, net .............................. $186,670 $233,247 Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $23.4 million, $22.4 million and $21.8 million, respectively. In the first quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company approved a plan to sell the Cody API business. The Company was unable to sell the Cody API business as an ongoing operation and intends to sell the equipment and real estate utilized by the Cody API business and to have Cody Labs cease all operations. As such, all assets, including property, plant and equipment totaling $6.7 million, are recorded in the assets held for sale caption in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2019. In addition, as part of the held for sale classification, the Company is required to record the assets of the Cody API business at fair value less costs to sell. The Company performed a fair value analysis which resulted in a $2.9 million impairment of the Cody API property, plant and equipment assets in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019, which is in addition to the $29.9 million impairment recorded in the first quarter of Fiscal 2019. See Note 21 “Assets Held for Sale” for more information. In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company recorded additional impairment charges totaling $3.0 million primarily related to obsolete equipment and computer software related to the consolidation of manufacturing functions and shutdown of the Company’s Townsend Road facility. Property, plant and equipment, net included amounts held in foreign countries in the amount of $1.0 million and $1.1 million at June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively. Note 7. Fair Value Measurements The Company’s financial instruments recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt obligations. Included in cash and cash equivalents are certificates of deposit with maturities less than or equal to three months at the date of purchase and money market funds. The carrying value of certain financial instruments, primarily cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate their estimated fair values based upon the short-term nature of their maturity dates. The Company follows the authoritative guidance of ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The authoritative guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are entirely within Level 1 of the hierarchy as defined below: Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date. Level 2 — Directly or indirectly observable inputs, other than quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable. 113 Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are material to the fair value of the asset or liability. Financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation are examples of Level 3 assets and liabilities. If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument. Financial Instruments Disclosed, But Not Reported, at Fair Value The fair value of our long-term debt was approximately $724 million and $893 million as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively. We estimate the fair value of our debt utilizing market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets. Since our debt does not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimates are based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities (Level 2). Note 8. Investment Securities The Company uses the specific identification method to determine the cost of securities sold, which consisted entirely of securities classified as trading. In May 2018, the Company liquidated the remainder of its equity securities portfolio. As of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, the Company does not own any equity securities. The Company had a net gain on investment securities of $3.3 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018. The Company had a net gain on investment securities of $2.9 million during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, which included an unrealized gain related to securities still held at June 30, 2017 of $1.0 million. Note 9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 are as follows: (In thousands) Generic Pharmaceuticals Balance at June 30, 2018 ....................... $ 339,566 Goodwill acquired ................................. — Impairment ............................................ (339,566) Balance at June 30, 2019 ....................... $ — On August 17, 2018, JSP notified the Company that it would not extend or renew the JSP Distribution Agreement when the current term expired on March 23, 2019. The Company determined that JSP’s decision represented a triggering event under U.S. GAAP to perform an analysis to determine the potential for impairment of goodwill. On October 4, 2018, the Company completed the analysis based on market data and concluded a full impairment of goodwill was required. 114 Intangible assets, net as of June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, consisted of the following: Weighted Gross Carrying Amount Accumulated Amortization Intangible Assets, Net (In thousands) Avg. Life (Yrs.) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Definite-lived: Cody Labs import license..................................... 15 $ 581 $581 $(424) $(386)$157$195KUPI product rights .................... 15 416,154 416,154 (97,583) (69,840)318,571346,314KUPI trade name ........................ 2 2,920 2,920 (2,920) (2,920)——KUPI other intangible assets ...... 15 19,000 19,000 (4,562) (3,295) 14,438 15,705Silarx product rights ................... 15 10,000 10,000 (2,722) (2,056)7,2787,944Other product rights .................... 14 38,579 19,693 (4,243) (1,875)34,33617,818Total definite-lived ................. $ 487,234 $468,348 $(112,454) $(80,372)$374,780$387,976 Indefinite-lived: KUPI in-process research and development ...... — $ 18,000 $18,000 $—$—$18,000$18,000Silarx in-process research and development ...... — 18,000 18,000 ——18,00018,000Other product rights .................... — 449 449 ——449449Total indefinite-lived .............. 36,449 36,449 — — 36,449 36,449Total intangible assets, net ....................... $ 523,683 $504,797 $(112,454) $(80,372) $411,229 $424,425 In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company commenced shipping of an AB-rated Methylphenidate Hydrochloride product under a perpetual license agreement with Andor. Andor will receive consideration for the license totaling $17.0 million, of which $1.0 million was paid in the fourth quarter and the remaining $16.0 million will be paid based on the timing of Methylphenidate sales over the next four years from the date shipping commenced. The Company believes approximately $3.7 million will be due over the next twelve months and accordingly recorded this amount within Other Current Liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet with the remainder recorded within Other long-term liabilities. In the third quarter of Fiscal 2018, the Company sold an intangible asset related to a product right acquired as part of the KUPI acquisition. In connection with the transaction, the Company recorded a $15.5 million loss on sale of the intangible asset, which had a carrying value of $15.8 million at the time of sale. In February 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of five products from UCB for $5.0 million which is included within the “Other product rights” category of intangible assets. In May 2018, the Company also completed the acquisition of over 20 products from a subsidiary of Endo International plc for an upfront payment of $12.0 million and future milestone payments, which is also included within the “Other product rights” category. On October 18, 2016, the Company received a notice from the FDA indicating that the FDA will seek to withdraw approval of the Company’s Methylphenidate ER Abbreviated New Drug Applications (“ANDAs”). As a result of the notice, the Company performed an impairment analysis including a review of revised net sales projections for Methylphenidate ER. This analysis resulted in the Company recording a $65.1 million impairment charge in Fiscal 2017. In Fiscal 2017, the Company abandoned a project within KUPI’s in-process research and development portfolio. The value assigned to the project was $23.0 million. Accordingly, the Company recorded a $23.0 million impairment charge. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company recorded amortization expense of $32.2 million, $32.7 million and $33.6 million, respectively. 115 Future annual amortization expense consists of the following: (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ending June 30,Annual Amortization Expense 2020 ..................................................................................................................................... $32,396 2021 ..................................................................................................................................... 32,396 2022 ..................................................................................................................................... 32,396 2023 ..................................................................................................................................... 32,396 2024 ..................................................................................................................................... 32,059 Thereafter ............................................................................................................................ 213,137 $374,780 Note 10. Long-Term DebtLong-term debt, net consisted of the following: June 30, June 30, (In thousands) 2019 2018 Term Loan A due 2020; 7.40% as of June 30, 2019 ................................................................. $153,933 $227,276 Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs ............................................................ (4,722) (10,178)Term Loan A, net ...................................................................................................................... 149,211 217,098Term Loan B due 2022; 7.78% as of June 30, 2019 ................................................................. 614,468 670,011 Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs ............................................................ (34,631) (47,839)Term Loan B, net ...................................................................................................................... 579,837 622,172Revolving Credit Facility due 2020 .......................................................................................... ——Total debt, net ............................................................................................................................ 729,048 839,270 Less short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt .......................................... (66,845) (66,845)Total long-term debt, net ....................................................................................................... $662,203 $772,425 On December 10, 2018, the Company entered into an amendment to the Senior Secured Credit Facility and the Credit and Guaranty Agreement. Pursuant to the amendment, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio applicable to the financial leverage ratio covenant was increased from 3:25:1.00 to 4.25:1.00 as of December 31, 2019 and prior to September 30, 2020, and then to 4:00:1:00 as of September 30, 2020. In exchange, the Company agreed to include a minimum liquidity covenant of $75 million, a 25-basis point increase to the interest rate margin paid on the Term A Loans and pay a consent fee equal to 50 basis points, paid only to consenting lenders. In Fiscal 2019, the Company completed the purchase of an aggregate $62.0 million principal amount of its Term Loans. The purchases comprised $45.8 million and $16.2 million of the Term A Loans and Term B Loans, respectively. As a result of the purchases, the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $0.4 million on the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Long-term debt amounts due, for the twelve month periods ending June 30 were as follows: Amounts Payable(In thousands) to Institutions 2020 .............................................................................................................................................. $66,845 2021 .............................................................................................................................................. 165,778 2022 .............................................................................................................................................. 39,345 2023 .............................................................................................................................................. 496,433 Total .......................................................................................................................................... $768,401 The outstanding debt amount above is guaranteed by all of Lannett’s significant wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and is collateralized by substantially all present and future assets of the Company. 116 Note 11. Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies State Attorneys General Inquiry into the Generic Pharmaceutical Industry In July 2014, the Company received interrogatories and a subpoena from the State of Connecticut Office of the Attorney General concerning its investigation into the pricing of digoxin. According to the subpoena, the Connecticut Attorney General is investigating whether anyone engaged in any activities that resulted in (a) fixing, maintaining or controlling prices of digoxin or (b) allocating and dividing customers or territories relating to the sale of digoxin in violation of Connecticut antitrust law. In June 2016, the Connecticut Attorney General issued interrogatories and a subpoena to an employee of the Company in order to gain access to documents and responses previously supplied to the Department of Justice pursuant to the federal investigation described below. In December 2016, the Connecticut Attorney General, joined by numerous other State Attorneys General, filed a civil complaint alleging that six pharmaceutical companies engaged in anti-competitive behavior. The Company was not named in the action and does not compete on the products that formed the basis of the complaint. The complaint was later transferred for pretrial purposes to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania as part of a multidistrict litigation captioned In re: Generic Pharmaceuticals Pricing Antitrust Litigation. On October 31, 2017, the State Attorneys General filed a motion in the District Court for leave to amend their complaint to add numerous additional defendants, including the Company, and claims relating to 13 additional drugs. The Court granted that motion on June 5, 2018. The State Attorneys General filed their amended complaint on June 18, 2018. The claim relating to Lannett involves alleged price-fixing for one drug, doxycycline monohydrate, but does not involve the pricing for digoxin. The State Attorneys General also allege that all defendants were part of an overarching, industry-wide conspiracy to allocate markets and fix prices generally. On August 15, 2019, the Court denied the defendants’ joint motion to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims, but has yet to decide an individual motion filed by the Company to dismiss the overreaching conspiracy claims as to it. On May 10, 2019, the State Attorneys General filed a new lawsuit naming the Company, and one of its employees as defendants, along with 33 other corporations and individuals. The new complaint again alleges an overarching conspiracy and contains claims for price fixing and market allocation under the Sherman Act and related state laws. The complaint focuses on the conduct of another generic pharmaceutical company, and the relationships that company had with other generic companies and their employees. The specific allegations in the new complaint against Lannett relate to the Company’s sales of baclofen and levothyroxine. The new complaint also names another current employee as a defendant, however the allegations pertain to conduct that occurred prior to their employment by Lannett. The Company has not responded to the new complaint as of the date of this report. Based on internal investigations performed to date, the Company currently believes that it has acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Federal Investigation into the Generic Pharmaceutical Industry In November and December 2014, the Company and certain affiliated individuals and customers were served with grand jury subpoenas relating to a federal investigation of the generic pharmaceutical industry into possible violations of the Sherman Act. The subpoenas request corporate documents of the Company relating to corporate, financial and employee information, communications or correspondence with competitors regarding the sale of generic prescription medications and the marketing, sale, or pricing of certain products, generally for the period of 2005 through the dates of the subpoenas. The Company received a Civil Investigative Demand (“CID”) from the Department of Justice on May 14, 2018. The CID requests information regarding allegations that the generic pharmaceutical industry engaged in market allocation, price fixing, payment of illegal remuneration and submission of false claims. The CID requests information from 2009-present. The Company is in the process of responding to the CID. Based on internal investigations performed to date, the Company believes that it has acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Texas Medicaid Investigation In August 2015, KUPI received a letter from the Texas Office of the Attorney General alleging that it had inaccurately reported certain price information in violation of the Texas Medicaid Fraud Prevention Act. UCB, KUPI’s previous parent company is handling the defense and is evaluating the allegations and cooperating with the Texas Attorney General’s Office. Per the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and UCB (“Stock Purchase Agreement”) dated September 2, 2015, the Company is fully indemnified for any pre-acquisition amounts. In December 2018, KUPI and the State of Texas settled the allegations for the sum of $8.0 million, which was fully indemnified by UCB. UCB forwarded the $8.0 million to KUPI in December 2018 and, following its receipt of the fully executed settlement agreement, KUPI forwarded the settlement funds to the State of Texas in January 2019. 117 Government Pricing During the quarter ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed a contract compliance review, for the period January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2016, for one of KUPI’s government-entity customers. As a result of the review, the Company identified certain commercial customer prices and other terms that were not properly disclosed to the government-entity resulting in potential overcharges. For the period January 1, 2012 through November 24, 2015 (“the pre-acquisition period”), the Company is fully indemnified per the Stock Purchase Agreement. On May 22, 2019, the Department of Veterans Affairs issued a Contracting Officer’s Final Decision and Demand for Payment, assessing the sum of $9.4 million for overpayments by the Veteran’s Administration for the period of January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2016. On June 26, 2019, the Department of Veterans Affairs sent the Company a Bill of Collection requesting payment in the amount of $9.4 million. On May 22, 2019, the Company sent a notice to UCB seeking indemnification pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, for all assessed overcharges during the period preceding the acquisition of KUPI in the amount of $8.1 million. Private Antitrust and Consumer Protection Litigation The Company and certain competitors have been named as defendants in a number of lawsuits filed in 2016 and 2017 alleging that the Company and certain generic pharmaceutical manufacturers have conspired to fix prices of generic digoxin, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. These cases are part of a larger group of more than 100 lawsuits generally alleging that over 30 generic pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors conspired to fix prices for at least 18 different generic drugs in violation of the federal Sherman Act, various state antitrust laws, and various state consumer protection statutes. The United States also has been granted leave to intervene in the cases. On April 6, 2017, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (the “JPML”) ordered that all of the cases alleging price-fixing for generic drugs be consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania under the caption In re: Generic Pharmaceuticals Pricing Antitrust Litigation. The various plaintiffs are grouped into three categories — Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs, End Payer Plaintiffs, and Indirect Reseller Purchasers — and filed Consolidated Amended Complaints (“CACs”) against the Company and the other defendants on August 15, 2017. The CACs naming the Company as a defendant involve generic digoxin, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. Pursuant to a court-ordered schedule grouping the 18 different drug cases into three separate tranches, the Company and other generic pharmaceutical manufacturer defendants on October 6, 2017 filed joint and individual motions to dismiss the CACs involving the six drugs in the first tranche, including digoxin. On October 16, 2018, the Court (with one exception) denied defendants’ motions to dismiss plaintiffs’ Sherman Act claims with respect to the drugs in the first tranche. On March 15, 2019, the Company and other defendants filed answers to the Sherman Act claims. In addition, on February 15, 2019, the Court granted defendants’ motions to dismiss certain of the plaintiffs’ state law claims brought under the laws of Illinois, Rhode Island, Georgia, South Carolina, Montana, West Virginia, Alabama, New Jersey, Michigan and Nevada, but denied the remainder of defendants’ motions to dismiss. The Court set a deadline of April 1, 2019 for certain plaintiffs to amend their existing complaints to reflect the rulings set forth in the Court’s February 15, 2019 ruling on the state law motions to dismiss. Those plaintiffs amended their complaints, but further motions to dismiss the state-law claims have been deferred until the Court decides pending motions to dismiss with respect to the plaintiffs’ various overarching-conspiracy claims. On January 22, 2018, three opt-out direct purchasers filed a complaint alleging an overarching conspiracy and individual conspiracies against the Company and numerous other defendants to fix the prices of and allocate markets for at least 30 different drugs, including digoxin, doxycycline, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. On August 3, 2018, another opt-out direct purchaser filed a complaint alleging an overarching conspiracy and individual conspiracies against the Company and numerous other defendants to fix the prices of and allocate markets for 16 different drugs, including digoxin, doxycycline, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. On February 21, 2019, the Company and the other defendants filed motions to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims. On August 15, 2019, the Court denied the defendants’ joint motion to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims, but has yet to decide an individual motion filed by the Company to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims as to it. On January 16, 2019, another opt-out direct purchaser filed a complaint alleging an overarching conspiracy and individual conspiracies on behalf of the Company and numerous other defendants to fix the prices of and allocate markets for the 30 different drugs, including digoxin, doxycycline, levothyroxine, ursodiol, baclofen and acetazolamide. None of the defendants, including the Company, has responded yet to this particular complaint. On July 29, 2019, a group of insurance company opt-out plaintiffs commenced an action against the Company and numerous other defendants by filing a writ of summons in the Court of Common Pleas of Philadelphia County, Pennsylvania, but have yet to file a complaint. In addition to the lawsuits brought by private plaintiffs, the Attorneys General of 48 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico have filed parens patriae lawsuits alleging price-fixing conspiracies by various generic pharmaceutical manufacturers. The JPML has consolidated the suits by the state Attorneys General in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania as part of the multidistrict litigation. The original lawsuits did not name the Company, but the state Attorneys General filed an amended complaint on June 18, 2018 to add numerous additional defendants, including the Company, and claims relating to 13 additional drugs. The claim relating to the 118 Company involves alleged price-fixing for one drug, doxycycline monohydrate, although the state Attorneys General allege that all defendants were part of an overarching, industry-wide conspiracy to allocate markets and fix prices generally. On February 21, 2019, the Company and the other defendants filed motions to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims. On August 15, 2019, the Court denied the defendants’ joint motion to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims, but has yet to decide an individual motion filed by the Company to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims as to it. Additionally, on May 5, 2019, the state Attorneys General filed a new complaint in Connecticut alleging price-fixing conspiracies by the Company and various generic pharmaceutical manufacturers and individuals relating to more than 40 additional drugs. The complaint has since been added to the multidistrict litigation in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The additional claims relating to the Company involve baclofen and levothyroxine, although the state Attorneys General allege that all defendants were part of an overarching, industry-wide conspiracy to allocate markets and fix prices generally. None of the defendants, including the Company, has responded yet to this particular complaint. Following the lead of the state Attorneys General, the Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs, End Payer Plaintiffs and Indirect Reseller Plaintiffs have filed their own complaints also alleging an overarching conspiracy, making similar allegations to those contained in the state Attorneys General complaint, relating to 14 generic drugs in the End Payer complaint and 15 generic drugs in the Indirect Reseller complaint. The End Payer Plaintiffs filed their complaint on June 7, 2018, the Indirect Reseller Plaintiffs filed their complaint on June 18, 2018, and the Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs filed their complaint on June 22, 2018. Although the complaints allege an overarching conspiracy with respect to all of the drugs identified, the specific allegations related to drugs Lannett manufactures involve acetazolamide and doxycycline monohydrate. On February 21, 2019, the Company and the other defendants filed motions to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims. On August 15, 2019, the Court denied the defendants’ joint motion to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims, but has yet to decide an individual motion filed by the Company to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims as to it. On September 25, 2018, two other alleged direct purchasers filed a purported class action complaint alleging an overreaching, industry-wide horizontal and vertical conspiracy involving the company, numerous other generic pharmaceutical manufacturers, and various pharmaceutical distributors to allocate markets and fix prices generally for a variety of generic drugs. The case has been added to the multidistrict litigation. On December 21, 2018, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. On February 21, 2019, the Company and the other defendants filed motions to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims. On August 15, 2019, the Court denied the defendants’ joint motion to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims, but has yet to decide an individual motion filed by the Company to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims as to it. The Company believes that it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Accordingly, the Company disputes the allegations set forth in these class actions and plans to vigorously defend itself from these claims. Shareholder LitigationIn November 2016, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and two of its officers in the federal court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging that the Company damaged the purported class by including in its securities filings false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s drug pricing methodologies and internal controls. An amended complaint was filed in May 2017, and the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint in September 2017. In December 2017, counsel for the putative class filed a second amended complaint, and the Court denied as moot the Company’s motion to dismiss the first amended complaint. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint in February 2018. In July 2018, the court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the second amended complaint. In September 2018, counsel for the putative class filed a third amended complaint. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the third amended complaint in November 2018. In May 2019, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the third amended complaint. In July 2019, the Company filed an answer to the third amended complaint. The Company believes it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and plans to vigorously defend itself from these claims. The Company cannot reasonably predict the outcome of the suit at this time. In October 2018, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and two of its officers in the federal court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging that the Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer damaged the purported class by making false and misleading statements in connection with the possible renewal of the JSP Distribution Agreement.In December 2018, counsel for the putative class filed an amended complaint. The Company moved to dismiss the amended complaint in January 2019. In March 2019, the Court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. In May 2019, the Company filed an answer to the amended complaint. During May and June 2019, the parties negotiated a proposed settlement and agreed to settle the litigation, by which the Company agreed to pay the sum of $300,000 without an admission of liability and subject to the negotiation of the terms of a stipulation of settlement and approval by the Court. In July 2019, counsel for the putative class filed a motion for preliminary approval of the proposed settlement and on July 31, 2019, the Court issued an Order granting the motion and scheduling a hearing for final approval of the settlement for February 7, 2020. 119 In December 2018, the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors received a letter sent on behalf of two purported shareholders demanding that the Company’s Board of Directors investigate and commence legal proceedings against certain former and/or current directors, officers, and agents of the Company relating to alleged breaches of fiduciary duties, corporate waste, and unjust enrichment. In January 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors formed a special committee to investigate the allegations made in the demand letter. The special committee retained independent counsel to assist it in connection with its investigation, which is ongoing. At this time the Company cannot reasonably predict what outcome, if any, will follow from the Company and the Company’s Board of Director’s receipt of the demand letter and ongoing internal investigation. In May 2019, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and certain of the current and former members of the Company’s Board of Directors in the federal court for the District of Delaware. The Company was also named as a nominal defendant in the suit. The suit alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties as directors and/or officers of the Company, that certain of the defendants caused the Company to issue false and misleading proxy statements in violation of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that the defendants were unjustly enriched at the expense of the Company, and that the defendants wasted corporate assets belonging to the Company. The Company cannot reasonably predict the outcome of the suit at this time. In June 2019, the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors received letters sent on behalf of a purported shareholder demanding to inspect certain of the Company’s books and records. The purported shareholder sought to access the books and records in question in order to investigate alleged potential wrongdoing, alleged mismanagement, and alleged breaches of fiduciary duties by members of the Company’s management and Board of Directors relating to the Company’s alleged participation in a conspiracy to fix prices, allocate markets, and rig bids for a number of generic pharmaceuticals. In July 2019, the Company agreed to make available to the purported shareholders certain documents demanded in the June 2019 inspection demand letters. In July 2019, counsel to the purported shareholders indicated that the purported shareholders may file a shareholder derivative suit against certain of the Company’s current and former executives and officers and certain of the current and former members of the Company’s Board of Directors; the Company may also be named as a nominal defendant in such a suit. At this time the Company cannot reasonably predict what outcome, if any, will follow from the Company and the Company’s Board of Director’s receipt of the inspection demand letters. Genus Life Sciences In December 2018, Genus Lifesciences, Inc. (“Genus”) sued the Company, Cody Labs, and others in California federal court, alleging violations of the Lanham Act, Sherman Act, and California false advertising law. Genus received FDA approval for a cocaine hydrochloride product in December 2018, and its claims are premised in part on allegations that the Company falsely advertises its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product. The Company denies that it is falsely advertising its cocaine hydrochloride solution product and continues to market its unapproved product relying on the Guidance for FDA Staff and Industry, Marketed Unapproved Drugs — Compliance Policy Guide, pending approval of its Section 505(b)(2) application. In June 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On May 3, 2019, the Court issued a written decision granting in part and denying in part the motion to dismiss. On June 6, 2019, Genus filed an Amended Complaint. On June 27, 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The Company believes it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and plans to vigorously defend itself from these claims. Discovery is ongoing and the Company cannot reasonably predict the outcome of this suit at this time. Other Litigation Matters The Company is also subject to various legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of its business including, but not limited to, product liability, intellectual property, patent infringement claims and antitrust matters. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these various proceedings. An adverse determination in any of these proceedings in the future could have a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. 120 Note 12. Commitments Leases The Company leases certain manufacturing and office equipment, in the ordinary course of business. These leases are typically renewed annually. Rental and lease expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $2.8 million, $2.9 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one year) for the twelve-month periods ending June 30 thereafter are as follows: (In thousands) Amounts Due 2020 .............................................................................................................................................. $1,898 2021 .............................................................................................................................................. 1,450 2022 .............................................................................................................................................. 1,123 2023 .............................................................................................................................................. 1,123 2024 .............................................................................................................................................. 1,123 Thereafter ..................................................................................................................................... 3,839 Total .............................................................................................................................................. $10,556 Other Commitment During the third quarter of Fiscal 2017, the Company signed an agreement with a company operating in the pharmaceutical business, under which the Company agreed to provide up to $15.0 million in revolving loans, which expires in seven years and bears interest at 2.0%, for the purpose of expansion and other business needs. The decision to provide any portion of the revolving loan is at the Company’s sole discretion. Prior to the first quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company had the option to convert the first $7.5 million into a 50% ownership interest in the entity. The board of the entity is comprised of five members, one of which is an employee of the Company. In the first quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company sold 50% of the outstanding loan to a third party for $5.6 million and, in addition to assigning 50% of all right, title and interest in the loan and loan documents, the Company relinquished its right to convert a portion of the outstanding loan balance to an equity interest in the entity. As of June 30, 2019, $5.8 million was outstanding under the revolving loan and is included in other assets. Based on the guidance set forth in ASC 810-10 Consolidation, the Company has concluded that it has a variable interest in the entity. However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary to the entity and as such, is not required to consolidate the entity’s results of operations. Note 13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss The Company’s Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss was comprised of the following components as of June 30, 2019 and 2018: (In thousands) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Foreign Currency Translation Beginning Balance ....................................................................................... $(515) $(222)Net (loss) on foreign currency translation (net of tax of $0 and $0) ........ (100) (293)Reclassifications to net income (net of tax of $0 and $0) ........................ — — Other comprehensive (loss), net of tax ................................................ (100) (293)Ending Balance............................................................................................. (615) (515)Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss ..................................... $(615) $(515) 121 Note 14. Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share A dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share is required on the face of the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations as well as a reconciliation of the computation of basic earnings per common share to diluted earnings per common share. Basic earnings (loss) per common share excludes the dilutive impact of potentially dilutive securities and is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share is computed using the treasury stock method and includes the effect of potential dilution from the exercise of outstanding stock options, and treats unvested restricted stock and performance-based shares as if they were vested. Potentially dilutive securities have been excluded in the weighted average number of common shares used for the calculation of earnings per share in periods of net loss because the effect of including such securities would be anti-dilutive. A reconciliation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share was as follows: For Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (In thousands, except share and per share data) 2019 2018 2017 Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. .......................... $(272,107) $28,690 $ (581) Basic weighted average common shares outstanding ................................ 37,779,812 37,127,306 36,812,524 Effect of potentially dilutive options and restricted stock awards ............. — 1,035,208 — Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding ............................. 37,779,812 38,162,514 36,812,524 Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company, Inc.: Basic ....................................................................................................... $(7.20) $0.77 $ (0.02)Diluted .................................................................................................... $(7.20) $0.75 $ (0.02) The number of anti-dilutive shares that have been excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were 1.9 million, 3.0 million and 4.3 million, respectively. Note 15. Warrant In connection with the KUPI acquisition, Lannett issued to UCB Manufacturing a warrant to purchase up to a total of 2.5 million shares of Lannett’s common stock (the “Warrant”). The Warrant had a term of three years (expiring November 25, 2018) and an exercise price of $48.90 per share, subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, dividends and combinations. The Warrant also had a “weighted average” anti-dilution adjustment provision. The fair value included as part of the total consideration transferred to UCB at the acquisition date was $29.9 million. The fair value assigned to the Warrant was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. The Company concluded that the warrant was indexed to its own stock and therefore the Warrant was classified as an equity instrument. On November 25, 2018, the Warrant expired and was not exercised. Note 16. Share-based Compensation At June 30, 2019, the Company had two share-based employee compensation plans (the 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan “LTIP” and the 2014 “LTIP”). Together these plans authorized an aggregate total of 4.5 million shares to be issued. On January 23, 2019, the shareholders of the Company approved an Amendment to and Restatement of the 2014 LTIP to increase the number of shares authorized to be issued by 2.0 million shares. As of June 30, 2019, the plans have a total of 2.8 million shares available for future issuances. Historically, the Company issued share-based compensation awards with a vesting period ranging up to 3 years and a maximum contractual term of 10 years. Beginning in Fiscal 2020, the Company extended the vesting period of new share-based compensation awards to 4 years. The Company issues new shares of stock when stock options are exercised. As of June 30, 2019, there was $10.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. 122 Stock Options The Company measures share-based compensation cost for options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair values of the stock options granted, the estimated annual forfeiture rates used to recognize the associated compensation expense and the weighted average fair value of the options granted during the fiscal years ended June 30: June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Risk-free interest rate ................................................................................. 2.9% 2.1% 1.1% Expected volatility ...................................................................................... 58.4% 57.6% 55.6% Expected dividend yield ............................................................................. — — — Forfeiture rate ............................................................................................. 6.5% 6.5% 6.5% Expected term ............................................................................................. 5.3 years 5.4 years 5.2 years Weighted average fair value ....................................................................... $6.52 $11.25 $ 15.33 Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares during the historical period equal to the expected term of the option. The Company uses historical information to estimate the expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for the period equal to the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting period. This assumption is based on our actual forfeiture rate on historical awards. Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations. Additionally, the expected dividend yield is equal to zero, as the Company has not historically issued and has no immediate plans to issue, a dividend. A stock option summary as of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and changes during the years then ended, is presented below: Weighted Weighted- Average Average Aggregate Remaining (In thousands, except for weighted average price and Exercise Intrinsic Contractual life data) Awards Price Value Life (yrs.) Outstanding at June 30, 2016 ..................................... 1,730 $16.77 $19,524 6.3 Granted ....................................................................... 11 31.30 Exercised .................................................................... (234) 7.38 $4,849 Forfeited, expired or repurchased ............................... (32) 33.04 Outstanding at June 30, 2017 ..................................... 1,475 $18.02 $12,212 5.7 Granted ....................................................................... 50 21.43 Exercised .................................................................... (445) 7.23 $4,243 Forfeited, expired or repurchased ............................... (23) 30.83 Outstanding at June 30, 2018 ..................................... 1,057 $22.46 $2,584 5.4 Granted ....................................................................... 73 12.20 Exercised .................................................................... (94) 4.06 $311 Forfeited, expired or repurchased ............................... (464) 30.61 Outstanding at June 30, 2019 ..................................... 572 $17.56 $273 5.0 Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2019 ............ 566 $17.59 $273 5.0 Exercisable at June 30, 2019 ...................................... 469 $18.09 $273 4.2 Restricted Stock The Company measures restricted stock compensation costs based on the stock price at the grant date less an estimate for expected forfeitures. The annual forfeiture rate used to calculate compensation expense was 6.5%, 5.7% and 6.5% for fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 123 A summary of restricted stock awards as of June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 and changes during the fiscal years then ended, is presented below: (In thousands) Awards Weighted Average Grant - date Fair Value Aggregate Intrinsic Value Non-vested at June 30, 2016 ..................................................................... 167 $ 48.22 Granted ...................................................................................................... 298 24.73 Vested ........................................................................................................ (86) 42.60 $ 2,564 Forfeited .................................................................................................... (45) 32.90 Non-vested at June 30, 2017 ..................................................................... 334 $ 30.71 Granted ...................................................................................................... 641 18.01 Vested ........................................................................................................ (191) 31.30 $ 4,104 Forfeited .................................................................................................... (80) 20.95 Non-vested at June 30, 2018 ..................................................................... 704 $ 20.06 Granted ...................................................................................................... 1,176 9.90 Vested ........................................................................................................ (434) 19.75 $ 4,107 Forfeited .................................................................................................... (158) 14.00 Non-vested at June 30, 2019 ..................................................................... 1,288 $ 11.63 Performance-Based Shares On September 22, 2017, the Company approved a plan to begin granting performance-based awards to certain key executives. The stock-settled awards will cliff vest based on relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) compared to a pharmaceutical industry index over a three-year performance period. The Company measures share-based compensation cost for TSR awards using a Monte-Carlo simulation model. A summary of performance-based share awards as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 and changes during the current fiscal years then ended, is presented below: (In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data) Awards Weighted Average Grant - date Fair Value Aggregate Intrinsic Value Non-vested at June 30, 2017 ..................................................................... — $— Granted ...................................................................................................... 47 25.58 Vested ........................................................................................................ (27) 25.58 $ 574 Forfeited .................................................................................................... — — Non-vested at June 30, 2018 ..................................................................... 20 $ 25.58 Granted ...................................................................................................... 52 17.69 Vested ........................................................................................................ — — $ — Forfeited .................................................................................................... — — Non-vested at June 30, 2019 ..................................................................... 72 $ 19.92 Employee Stock Purchase Plan In February 2003, the Company’s stockholders approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP may purchase shares of the Company’s stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the calendar quarter, or the last day of the calendar quarter. Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company to withhold up to 10% of their compensation during any quarterly offering period, subject to certain limitations. The ESPP was implemented on April 1, 2003 and is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board of Directors authorized an aggregate total of 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the ESPP. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, 185 thousand shares, 66 thousand shares and 57 thousand shares were issued under the ESPP, respectively. As of June 30, 2019, 792 thousand total cumulative shares have been issued under the ESPP. 124 The following table presents the allocation of share-based compensation costs recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations by financial statement line item: For Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2019 2018 2017 Selling, general and administrative expenses ............................................. $5,715 $7,570 $ 5,855 Research and development expenses ......................................................... 750 680 661 Cost of sales ................................................................................................ 2,562 1,646 1,203 Total ........................................................................................................ $9,027 $9,896 $ 7,719 Tax benefit at statutory rate ........................................................................ $2,031 $2,919 $ 2,818 Note 17. Employee Benefit Plan The Company has a 401k defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Pursuant to the Plan provisions, the Company is required to make matching contributions equal to 50% of each employee’s contribution, not to exceed 4% of the employee’s compensation for the Plan year. Contributions to the Plan during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $2.3 million, $2.3 million and $2.1 million, respectively. Note 18. Income Taxes The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Reform was enacted into law, which significantly revised the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The 2017 Tax Reform includes, among other items, permanent reduction of the corporate tax rate from a top marginal rate of 35% to a flat rate of 21%; and modifying or repealing many other business deductions and credits. The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30: (In thousands) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Current Income Tax Expense (Benefit) ..................................................... Federal .................................................................................................... $13,185 $(9,439) $ 764 State and Local ....................................................................................... (81) 1,152 638 Total Current Income Tax Expense (Benefit) .................................... 13,104 (8,287) 1,402 Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit) ................................................... Federal .................................................................................................... (85,022) 31,263 (2,210)State and Local ....................................................................................... (2,220) (573) 1,905 Total Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit) .................................. (87,242) 30,690 (305)Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit) ............................................. $(74,138) $22,403 $ 1,097 A reconciliation of the differences between the effective rates and federal statutory rates was as follows: June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 June 30, 2017 Federal income tax at statutory rate ............................................ 21.0% 28.1% 35.0% State and local income tax, net .................................................... 0.5% 0.6% 293.6% Nondeductible expenses .............................................................. (0.1)% 0.2% 45.4% Foreign rate differential ............................................................... (0.4)% 0.4% 49.9% Income tax credits ....................................................................... 0.5% (1.4)% (160.9)% Domestic production activity deduction ..................................... —% (1.5)% —% Unrecognized tax benefits ........................................................... 0.1% (6.7)% —% Change in tax laws ...................................................................... —% 25.6% —% Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation ...................... (0.3)% (0.3)% (134.3)% Other ............................................................................................ 0.1% (1.2)% 70.8% Effective income tax rate......................................................... 21.4% 43.8% 199.5% 125 The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are accruals, reserves, impairment of intangibles, accumulated amortization, accumulated depreciation and share-based compensation expense. A deferred tax asset is recorded for the future benefits created by the timing of accruals and reserves and the application of different amortization lives for financial statement and tax return purposes. The Company’s deferred tax liability is mainly attributable to different depreciation methods for financial statement and tax return purposes. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize certain of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2019 and 2018, temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows: (In thousands) June 30, 2019 June 30, 2018 Deferred tax assets: Accrued expenses .................................................................................................................. $— $ 1,085 Share-based compensation expense ...................................................................................... 4,134 4,158 Reserve for returns ................................................................................................................ 12,014 9,342 Reserves for rebates .............................................................................................................. — — Reserves for accounts receivable and inventory ................................................................... 8,208 5,425 Intangible impairment ........................................................................................................... — 1,337 Federal net operating loss ...................................................................................................... 324 402 State net operating loss .......................................................................................................... 6,479 4,495 Impairment on Cody note receivable .................................................................................... 1,161 1,175 Accumulated amortization on intangible assets .................................................................... 76,401 10,868 Settlement Liability ............................................................................................................... — — Foreign net operating loss ..................................................................................................... 1,792 880 Interest Carryforward ............................................................................................................ 11,008 — Other ...................................................................................................................................... 2,506 404 Total deferred tax asset ............................................................................................................. 124,027 39,571 Valuation allowance .................................................................................................................. (13,549) (8,120)Total deferred tax asset less valuation allowance ................................................................. 110,478 31,451 Deferred tax liabilities: Prepaid expenses ................................................................................................................... 182 118 Property, plant and equipment .............................................................................................. 991 9,231 Other ...................................................................................................................................... — 39 Total deferred tax liability ......................................................................................................... 1,173 9,388 Net deferred tax asset ............................................................................................................ $109,305 $ 22,063 The net deferred tax asset as of June 30, 2019 and 2018 is reduced by a valuation allowance of $13.5 million and $8.1 million, respectively, which are primarily related to deferred tax assets for various states and foreign net operating losses. The federal and state and local tax deferred tax assets begin to expire in fiscal years 2026 and 2036, respectively. The Company increased the valuation allowance in Fiscal 2019 primarily related to an increase of state deferred tax assets. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) was as follows: (In thousands) Balance Balance at June 30, 2017 ............................................................................................................................ $5,942 Additions for tax positions of the current year ...................................................................................... 294 Additions for tax positions of prior years .............................................................................................. 700 Lapse of statute of limitations ................................................................................................................ (4,399)Balance at June 30, 2018 ............................................................................................................................ $2,537 Additions for tax positions of the current year ...................................................................................... 244 Additions for tax positions of prior years .............................................................................................. 36 Lapse of statute of limitations ................................................................................................................ (618)Balance at June 30, 2019 ............................................................................................................................ $2,199 126 The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 was $2.2 million, $2.5 million and $5.9 million respectively, of which $2.1 million, $2.3 million and $4.2 million would impact the Company’s effective tax rate, respectively, if recognized. The Company has not recorded any interest and penalties for the periods ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017 in the statement of operations and no cumulative interest and penalties have been recorded either in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2019 and 2018. The Company will recognize interest accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and any related penalties in operating expenses. The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and various states. The Company’s tax returns for Fiscal Year 2014 and prior generally are no longer subject to review as such years generally are closed. The Company’s Fiscal Year 2016 federal return is currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). The Company cannot reasonably predict the outcome of the examination at this time. In July 2018, the Company was notified that the IRS will also expand their examination to include the Company’s Fiscal 2015 and Fiscal 2017 federal returns. In October 2018, the Company was notified that the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania will conduct a routine field audit of the Company’s Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017 corporate tax returns. Note 19. Related Party Transactions The Company had sales of $3.8 million, $3.9 million and $3.7 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”), which is a member of the Premier Buying Group. Jeffrey Farber, a current board member, is the owner of Auburn. Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Auburn of $1.2 million and $0.6 million at June 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Company also had net sales of $2.4 million and $1.9 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018 to a generic distributor, KeySource Medical (“KeySource”), which is a member of the OptiSource Buying Group. Albert Paonessa, a current board member, was appointed the CEO of KeySource in May 2017. Accounts receivable includes amounts due from KeySource of $0.7 million and $0.5 million as of June 30, 2019 and 2018. The Company incurred expenses totaling $0.4 million and $0.3 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and June 30, 2018, respectively, for online medical benefit services provided by a subsidiary of a variable interest entity. See Note 12. “Commitments” for more information. There were no amounts due to the variable interest entity as of June 30, 2019. The liability was not material to the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2018. Note 20. Material Contracts with Suppliers Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals Distribution Agreement: The Company’s primary finished goods inventory supplier through March 23, 2019 was JSP, in Bohemia, New York. Purchases of finished goods inventory from JSP accounted for 29%, 37% and 36% of the Company’s inventory purchases in the fiscal years ending June 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. On August 19, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with JSP to extend its initial contract to continue as the exclusive distributor in the United States of three JSP products: Butalbital, Aspirin, Caffeine with Codeine Phosphate Capsules USP; Digoxin Tablets USP; and Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP. The amendment to the original agreement extended the initial contract, which was due to expire on March 22, 2014, for five years through March 2019. On March 23, 2019, the JSP Distribution Agreement expired and was not renewed or extended. Note 21. Assets Held for Sale Cody API Business In the first quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company approved a plan to sell the Cody API business, which includes the manufacturing and distribution of active pharmaceutical ingredients for use in finished goods production. As a result of the plan, the Company recorded the assets of the Cody API business at fair value less costs to sell. The Company performed a fair value analysis which resulted in a $29.9 million impairment of the Cody Labs long-lived assets in Fiscal 2019. The Company was unable to sell the Cody API business as an ongoing operation and intends to sell the equipment utilized by the Cody API business as well as the real estate upon receiving approval of the Company’s cocaine hydrochloride solution Section 505(b)(2) NDA application and to have Cody Labs cease all operations. As such, all property, plant and equipment associated with the Cody API business, totaling $6.7 million, are recorded in the assets held for sale caption in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as 127 of June 30, 2019. The Company performed an additional fair value analysis which resulted in an additional $2.9 million impairment of the Cody API long-lived assets in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019. In July 2019, the Company completed the sale of the equipment associated with the Cody API business for approximately $3.0 million. The following table summarizes the financial results of the Cody API business for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018: Fiscal Year Ended June 30, (In thousands) 2019 2018 Net sales ......................................................................................... $ 3,139 $2,696 Pretax loss attributable to Cody API business ............................... (51,509) (42,112) The pretax loss attributable to the Cody API business during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 includes impairment charges totaling $32.8 million to adjust the long-lived assets to their fair value less costs to sell. Townsend Road Facility In Fiscal 2019, the Company entered into an agreement to sell the Townsend Road facility located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania for $4.4 million. The carrying value of the property is included within the Assets Held for Sale line of the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2019. The Company discontinued distribution from its Townsend Road facility in January 2019. The Company intends to finalize the sale in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020. Note 22. Subsequent Events Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP Distribution Agreement In July 2019, the Company entered into an agreement with Cediprof for the exclusive right, commencing no later than August 1, 2022, to market and supply Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP manufactured by Cediprof in the United States of America and its territories and possessions, with the exception of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. The Company made an up-front payment to Cediprof in the amount of $20.0 million upon entering into the agreement. Posaconazole Distribution Agreement In August 2019, the Company entered into a distribution and supply agreement with Sinotherapeutics Inc. to be the exclusive distributor of Posaconazole Delayed-Release Tablets 100mg (the “Product”), which is an AB-rated generic equivalent of Merck & Co., Inc.’s Noxafil® Delayed-Release Tablets. On August 21, 2019, Sinotherapeutics received final approval from the FDA of its ANDA for the Product, and is currently the sole company to receive ANDA approval for the Product. As a result of Sinotherapeutics’ receiving approval of its ANDA application, the Company will commence marketing the Product. The Company will also be required to pay Sinotherapeutics a portion of the net profits the Company receives from the sale of Products plus an earn out payment based on aggregate net profits of the Product that can vary based on market dynamics. 128 Note 23. Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) Lannett’s quarterly consolidated results of operations are shown below: Fourth Third Second First (In thousands, except per share data) Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Fiscal 2019 ................................................................. Net sales ..................................................................... $133,841 $172,794 $193,718 $ 155,054 Cost of sales ................................................................ 84,499 107,477 123,908 95,913 Gross profit ............................................................. 49,342 65,317 69,810 59,141 Operating expenses .................................................... 39,940 31,939 33,133 400,919 Operating income (loss) ............................................. 9,402 33,378 36,677 (341,778)Other loss .................................................................... (19,532) (21,374) (21,668) (21,350)Income tax expense (benefit) ..................................... (2,544) 1,359 2,647 (75,600)Net income (loss) ....................................................... $(7,586) $10,645 $12,362 $ (287,528)Earnings (loss) per common share (1) ....................... Basic ................................................................... $(0.20) $0.28 $0.33 $ (7.65)Diluted ................................................................ $(0.20) $0.27 $0.32 $ (7.65) Fourth Third Second First (In thousands, except per share data) Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Fiscal 2018 .................................. Net sales .................................... $170,911 $174,386 $184,305 $ 154,961 Cost of sales ................................. 104,383 107,329 96,855 87,290 Gross profit ............................... 66,528 67,057 87,450 67,671 Operating expenses ........................... 57,926 33,777 40,315 26,992 Operating income ............................. 8,602 33,280 47,135 40,679 Other loss ................................... (20,844) (22,785) (14,975) (19,999)Income tax expense (benefit) ................... (883) (2,275) 18,138 7,423 Net income (loss) ............................ $(11,359) $12,770 $14,022 $ 13,257 Earnings (loss) per common share (1) ............ Basic .................................. $(0.30) $0.34 $0.38 $ 0.36 Diluted ................................. $(0.30) $0.33 $0.37 $ 0.35 Fourth Third Second First (In thousands, except per share data) Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Fiscal 2017 ................................................................. Net sales ..................................................................... $139,118 $165,720 $170,944 $ 161,559 Settlement agreement ................................................. — (4,000) — — Total net sales ......................................................... 139,118 161,720 170,944 161,559 Cost of sales ................................................................ 80,240 89,290 82,891 79,707 Gross profit ............................................................. 58,878 72,430 88,053 81,852 Operating expenses .................................................... 30,069 28,793 53,747 102,158 Operating income (loss) ............................................. 28,809 43,637 34,306 (20,306)Other loss .................................................................... (19,983) (21,371) (22,578) (21,964)Income tax expense (benefit) ..................................... 3,100 7,337 3,542 (12,882)Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest .................................................................... — — 14 20 Net income (loss) attributable to Lannett Company, Inc. ........................................................ $5,726 $14,929 $8,172 $ (29,408)Earnings (loss) per common share attributable to Lannett Company Inc. (1) ...................................... Basic ................................................................... $0.16 $0.41 $0.22 $ (0.80)Diluted ................................................................ $0.15 $0.40 $0.22 $ (0.80) 129 (1)Due to differences in weighted average common shares outstanding, quarterly earnings per share may not add up to the totals reported for the full fiscal year. The increase in net sales and gross profit in the second and third quarters of Fiscal 2019 is primarily due to increased sales of Levothyroxine as customer demand increased in anticipation of the transition of the product to Amneal. The subsequent decrease in net sales and gross profit in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2019 is primarily due to the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement on March 23, 2019. The significant operating loss in the first quarter of Fiscal 2019 was mainly attributable to the full impairment of goodwill totaling $339.6 million as a result of JSP’s decision not to renew the JSP Distribution Agreement. The increase in net sales and gross profit in the second quarter of Fiscal 2018 is primarily due to a temporary disruption of our competitor’s supplies in the Thyroid Deficiency and Migraine medical indications. The declines in operating income in the third and fourth quarters of Fiscal 2018 were primarily related to a loss on sale of an intangible asset and asset impairment charges as a result of the Cody Restructuring Plan as well as other activities related to the consolidation of the Company’s manufacturing facilities. Income tax expense in the second quarter of Fiscal 2018 was negatively impacted due to the adoption of 2017 Tax Reform which resulted in a revaluation of the Company’s net long term deferred tax assets. The decline in operating income in the first and second quarters of Fiscal 2017 is primarily attributable to a $65.1 million and $23.0 million intangible assets impairment charge, respectively. Total net sales in the third and fourth quarters of Fiscal 2017 were negatively impacted by $4.5 million and $5.7 million, respectively, due to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 which required drug manufacturers to pay additional rebates to state Medicaid programs. Total net sales in the third quarter of Fiscal 2017 was also negatively impacted by a $4.0 million adjustment to the Fiscal 2016 settlement agreement amount with a former customer. Exhibit 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company The following list identifies the subsidiaries of the Company: Subsidiary Name State of Incorporation Lannett Holdings, Inc. .................................................................. Delaware Cody Laboratories, Inc. ................................................................ Wyoming Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ......................................................... New York Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals, Inc. .......................................... Indiana 130 Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We have issued our reports dated August 28, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Lannett Company, Inc. and Subsidiaries on Form S-3 (File No. 333-217964 and File No. 333-223015) and on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-103236, File No. 333-147410, File No. 333-172304, File No. 333-193509, File No. 333-103235 and File No. 333-230461). /s/ Grant Thornton LLP Iselin, New Jersey August 28, 2019 131Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Timothy C. Crew, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lannett Company, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 28, 2019 /s/ Timothy C. Crew Chief Executive Officer 132Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Martin P. Galvan, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lannett Company, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 28, 2019 /s/ Martin P. Galvan Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer 133Exhibit 32 Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 In connection with the Annual Report of Lannett Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2019 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Timothy C. Crew, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, Martin P. Galvan, the Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 1. The Report complies with the requirements of Section13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: August 28, 2019 /s/ Timothy C. Crew Timothy C. Crew, Chief Executive Officer Dated: August 28, 2019 /s/ Martin P. Galvan Martin P. Galvan, Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer 134  BOARD OF DIRECTORSCORPORATE INFORMATIONPatrick G. LePoreCorporate HeadquartersChairman of the Board9000 State RoadRetired Chief Executive OfficerPhiladelphia, PA 19136Par Pharmaceuticals, lnc.(215) 333-9000John C. Chapmanlndependent Registered Public Accounting FirmRetired PartnerGrant Thornton LLPKPMG2001 Market StreetTwo Commerce Square, Suite 3100Timothy C. CrewPhiladelphia, PA 19103Chief Executive Officer and DirectorLannett Company, lnc.Legal CounselFox Rothschild LLPDavid Drabik2000 Market Street, 20th FloorPresident, Cranbrook & Co., LLCPhiladelphia, PA 19103Jeffrey Farberlnvestor RelationsPresident, Auburn PharmaceuticalRobert Jaffe Co., LLC144 South Elm Drive, Suite #4Albert Paonessa, IIIBeverly Hills, CA 90212Chief Executive Officer(424) 288-4098KeySource Medical, Inc.Computershare Trust Company, N.A.Dr.Melissa RewolinskiP.O. Box 30170PrincipalCollege Station, TX 77842MVR Consulting,Inc.(800) 522-6645Paul TaveiraSecurities ListingConsultantThe common stock of Lannett Company, lnc. istraded on the New York Stock Exchange.MANAGEMENT TEAMAnnual Report on Form 10-KAdditional copies of this Annual Report onTimothy C. CrewForm 10-K may be obtained without charge and theChief Executive Officer and Directorexhibits to the Form 10-K may be obtained for aLannett Company, lnc.nominal fee by writing to:John KozlowskiLannett Company, lnc.Vice President of Finance andlnvestor RelationsChief Financial Officer9000 State RoadPhiladelphia, PA 19136John M. AbtVice President andChief Quality Operations OfficerMaureen M. CavanaughSenior Vice President andChief Commercial Operations OfficerRobert EhlingerVice President andChief lnformation OfficerSamuel H. lsraelGeneral Counsel andChief Legal Officer2OCT200908064695Lannett Company, Inc.9000 State RoadPhiladelphia, PA 19136P: (215)333-9000F: (215)333-9004www.lannett.com

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above